WO2025036407A1 - Aldh-activable funtionalized monosaccarides, pharmaceutical compositions, and diagnostic and therapeutic applications - Google Patents
Aldh-activable funtionalized monosaccarides, pharmaceutical compositions, and diagnostic and therapeutic applications Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025036407A1 WO2025036407A1 PCT/CN2024/112073 CN2024112073W WO2025036407A1 WO 2025036407 A1 WO2025036407 A1 WO 2025036407A1 CN 2024112073 W CN2024112073 W CN 2024112073W WO 2025036407 A1 WO2025036407 A1 WO 2025036407A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- certain embodiments
- substituents
- optionally substituted
- mixture
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H13/00—Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by carbonic acid or derivatives thereof, or by organic acids, e.g. phosphonic acids
- C07H13/02—Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by carbonic acid or derivatives thereof, or by organic acids, e.g. phosphonic acids by carboxylic acids
- C07H13/04—Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by carbonic acid or derivatives thereof, or by organic acids, e.g. phosphonic acids by carboxylic acids having the esterifying carboxyl radicals attached to acyclic carbon atoms
Definitions
- ALDH-activable monosaccharides and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. Also provided herein are methods of their use for cell labeling for diagnostic and/or therapeutic applications.
- Glycosylation is an enzymatic process responsible for the attachment of a glycan to a glycosyl acceptor, e.g., a cell surface protein. Reily et al., Nat. Rev. Nephrol. 2019, 15, 346-66. Glycosylation is critical for physiological and pathological cellular functions. Id. Alternation in glycosylation has been identified in almost every type of cancer and has a major impact on cancer progression, tumor immunity, and clinical outcome.
- Kralmann and Borsig Front. Oncol. 2014, 4, 28; Stowell et al., Annu. Rev. Pathol.: Mech. Dis. 2015, 10, 473-510; Pin and Reis, Nat. Rev. Cancer 2015, 15, 540-55; Munkley and Elliott, Oncotarget 2016, 7, 35478-89; Reily et al., Nat. Rev. Nephrol. 2019, 15, 346-66.
- Metabolic glycoengineering is a technique for introducing an unnatural sugar into a cellular glycan.
- Prescher et al. Nature 2004, 430, 873-7; Agatemor et al., Nat. Rev. Chem. 2019, 3, 605-20; Wang and Mooney, Nat. Chem. 2020, 12, 1102-14.
- Metabolic glycol-engineering takes advantage of cellular carbohydrate metabolism to tag a cell with a chemical reporter. Id.
- the chemical reporter e.g., azido
- the chemical reporter e.g., azido
- Laughlin et al. Science 2008, 320, 664-7; Sletten and Bertozzi, Acc. Chem. Res. 2011, 44, 666-76; Wang et al., Nat. Chem. Biol. 2017, 13, 415; Wang and Mooney, Nat. Chem. 2020, 12, 1102-14.
- ALDH1A1 Aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1
- CSCs tumorigenic cancer-stem-like cells
- ALDH1A1 plays important roles in the promotion of DNA repair and induction of drug resistance. Ginestier et al., Cell Stem Cell 2007, 1, 555-67.
- R 1 is hydrogen or deuterium
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , —OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2- 6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , –S (O) R 1a , –S (O) 2 R 1a , –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , or —S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c ;
- R 6 and R 7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , or –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c ; and R 8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , or –C (O) NR 1b R 1c ; or R 6 and R 7 or R 7 and R 8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
- A is a bond, O, or N (R 1b ) ;
- L is C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, C 2-6 alkynylene, C 3-10 cycloalkylene, C 6-14 arylene, C 7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene;
- each R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , and R 1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C 1-30 alkyl, C 1-30 heteroalkyl, C 2-30 alkenyl, C 2-30 alkynyl, C 3-30 cycloalkyl, C 6-30 aryl, C 7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
- each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituent
- each Q a is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) R e , –C (O) OR e , –C (O) NR f R g , –C (O) SR e , –C (NR e ) NR f R g , –C (S) R e , –C (S) OR e , –C (S) NR f R g , –OR e , –OC (O) R e , –OC (O) OR e , –OC (O) NR f R g
- R 1 is hydrogen or deuterium
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , —OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2- 6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , –S (O) R 1a , –S (O) 2 R 1a , –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , or —S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c ;
- R 6 and R 7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , or –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c ; and R 8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , or –C (O) NR 1b R 1c ; or R 6 and R 7 or R 7 and R 8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
- A is a bond, O, or N (R 1b ) ;
- L is C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, C 2-6 alkynylene, C 3-10 cycloalkylene, C 6-14 arylene, C 7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene;
- each R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , and R 1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C 1-30 alkyl, C 1-30 heteroalkyl, C 2-30 alkenyl, C 2-30 alkynyl, C 3-30 cycloalkyl, C 6-30 aryl, C 7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
- each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituent
- each Q a is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) R e , –C (O) OR e , –C (O) NR f R g , –C (O) SR e , –C (NR e ) NR f R g , –C (S) R e , –C (S) OR e , –C (S) NR f R g , –OR e , –OC (O) R e , –OC (O) OR e , –OC (O) NR f R g
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- a method of labeling a cell with a functional group comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
- a functional group e.g., an azido group
- a method of labeling a cell with a functional group comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
- a functional group e.g., an azido group
- FIG. 1 illustrates a metabolic glycoengineering process of AAMCHO A1.
- AAMCHO A1 first hydrolyzes into AM-CHO by an intracellular esterase upon cell internalization (step 1) .
- Enzymatic conversion of the aldehyde group on AAMCHO A1 to a carboxylate group by an intracellular ALDH1A1 (step 2) enables the resultant maleic monoamide to spontaneously self-cyclize and releases a C1 amine-substituted azido-sugar (AM-NH 2 ) with an anhydride byproduct (step 3) .
- AM-NH2 then undergoes rapid hydrolysis to afford metabolically active sugar, AM (step 4) , which is further processed through a series of cellular biosynthetic pathways (steps 6-9) to express an azido group on cell surface glycoproteins.
- FIG. 2 shows the degradation kinetics of AAMCHO A1 in the presence of ALDH1A1.
- FIG. 3 shows AAMCHO A1 degradation after incubation with various ALDH isotypes for 30 min. Statistical comparison was conducted between each group and the control group without an enzyme. The numerical data are presented as mean ⁇ SD (0.01 ⁇ *P ⁇ 0.05; and ****P ⁇ 0.0001) .
- DEAB 4-diethylaminobenzaldehyde
- ALDH1A1 inhibitor is an ALDH1A1 inhibitor.
- FIG. 4 shows a timeframe for an in vivo cell labeling study. Mice were subcutaneously inoculated with CSC or non-CSC on the left and right flank, respectively, followed by intravenous injection of AAMCHO A1 on Days 7-9 and DBCO-Cy5 on Day 10.
- FIG. 5 shows the mean Cy5 fluorescence intensities of tumor tissues at 24 h post-injection of DBCO-Cy5. The numerical data are presented as mean ⁇ SD.
- FIG. 6 shows the quantification of extracted azido-labeled sialic acid (Neu5NAz) in different tissues.
- the numerical data are presented as mean ⁇ SD (0.01 ⁇ *P ⁇ 0.05; 0.001 ⁇ **P ⁇ 0.01; and 0.0001 ⁇ ***P ⁇ 0.001) .
- subject refers to an animal, including, but not limited to, a primate (e.g., human) , cow, pig, sheep, goat, horse, dog, cat, rabbit, rat, or mouse.
- primate e.g., human
- subject and patient are used interchangeably herein in reference, for example, to a mammalian subject, such as a human subject. In one embodiment, the subject is a human.
- contacting or “contact” is meant to refer to bringing together of a therapeutic agent and a biological molecule (e.g., a protein, enzyme, RNA, or DNA) , cell, or tissue such that a physiological and/or chemical effect takes place as a result of such contact. Contacting can take place in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo.
- a therapeutic agent is contacted with a biological molecule in vitro to determine the effect of the therapeutic agent on the biological molecule.
- a therapeutic agent is contacted with a cell in cell culture (in vitro) to determine the effect of the therapeutic agent on the cell.
- the contacting of a therapeutic agent with a biological molecule, cell, or tissue includes the administration of a therapeutic agent to a subject having the biological molecule, cell, or tissue to be contacted.
- terapéuticaally effective amount or “effective amount” is meant to include the amount of a compound that, when administered, is sufficient to prevent development of, or alleviate to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of the disorder, disease, or condition being treated.
- therapeutically effective amount or “effective amount” also refers to the amount of a compound that is sufficient to elicit a biological or medical response of a biological molecule (e.g., a protein, enzyme, RNA, or DNA) , cell, tissue, system, animal, or human, which is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or clinician.
- a biological molecule e.g., a protein, enzyme, RNA, or DNA
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, solvent, or encapsulating material.
- each component is “pharmaceutically acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a pharmaceutical formulation, and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of a subject (e.g., a human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, and commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- the term “about” or “approximately” means an acceptable error for a particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which depends in part on how the value is measured or determined. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 1, 2, or 3 standard deviations. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, or 0.05%of a given value or range.
- alkyl refers to a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- C 1-6 alkyl refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl is a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C 1-30 ) , 1 to 20 (C 1-20 ) , 1 to 15 (C 1-15 ) , 1 to 10 (C 1-10 ) , or 1 to 6 (C 1-6 ) carbon atoms, or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C 3-30 ) , 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
- linear C 1-6 and branched C 3-6 alkyl groups are also referred as “lower alkyl.
- alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl) , butyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl) , pentyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, neopentyl, and tert-pentyl) , and hexyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-hexyl, isohexyl, and sec-hexyl) .
- alkylene and “alkanediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the alkanediyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- C 1-6 alkanediyl refers to a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkanediyl is a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C 1-30 ) , 1 to 20 (C 1-20 ) , 1 to 15 (C 1-15 ) , 1 to 10 (C 1-10 ) , or 1 to 6 (C 1-6 ) carbon atoms, or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C 3-30 ) , 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
- linear C 1-6 and branched C 3-6 alkanediyl groups are also referred as “lower alkanediyl. ”
- alkanediyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanediyl, ethanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., ethane-1, 1-diyl and ethane-1, 2-diyl) , propanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., propane-1, 1-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, and propane-1, 3-diyl) , butanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., butane-1, 1-diyl, butane-1, 2-diyl, butane-1, 3-diyl, and butane-1, 4-diyl) , pentanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g.,
- substituted alkanediyl groups include, but are not limited to,–C (O) CH 2 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 2 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 3 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 4 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 5 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 6 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 7 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 8 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 9 –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 10 –, –C (O) CH 2 C (O) –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 2 C (O) –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 3 C (O) –, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 4 C (O) –, or —C (O) (CH 2 ) 5 C (O) )
- heteroalkyl refers to a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that contains one or more heteroatoms on its main chain, each independently selected from O, S, and N.
- the heteroalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- C 1-6 heteroalkyl refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the heteroalkyl is a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C 1-30 ) , 1 to 20 (C 1-20 ) , 1 to 15 (C 1-15 ) , 1 to 10 (C 1-10 ) , or 1 to 6 (C 1-6 ) carbon atoms, or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C 3-30 ) , 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
- linear C 1-6 and branched C 3-6 heteroalkyl groups are also referred as “lower heteroalkyl.
- heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, –OCH 3 , –OCH 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 OCH 3 , –NHCH 3 , –ONHCH 3 , –NHOCH 3 , –SCH 3 , –CH 2 NHCH 2 CH 3 , and –NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
- substituted heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, –CH 2 NHC (O) CH 3 and –NHC (O) CH 2 CH 3 .
- heteroalkylene and “heteroalkanediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical that contains one or more heteroatoms in its main chain, each independently selected from O, S, and N.
- the heteroalkylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- C 1-6 heteroalkylene refers to a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the heteroalkylene is a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C 1-30 ) , 1 to 20 (C 1-20 ) , 1 to 15 (C 1-15 ) , 1 to 10 (C 1-10 ) , or 1 to 6 (C 1-6 ) carbon atoms or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C 3-30 ) , 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
- linear C 1-6 and branched C 3-6 heteroalkylene groups are also referred as “lower heteroalkylene.
- heteroalkylene groups include, but are not limited to, –CH 2 O–, –CH 2 CH 2 O–, –CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O–, – (CH 2 ) 4 O–, – (CH 2 ) 5 O–, – (CH 2 ) 6 O–, – (CH 2 ) 7 O–, – (CH 2 ) 8 O–, – (CH 2 ) 9 O–, – (CH 2 ) 10 O–, –CH 2 OCH 2 –, –CH 2 CH 2 O–, – (CH 2 CH 2 O) 2 –, – (CH 2 CH 2 O) 3 –, – (CH 2 CH 2 O) 4 –, – (CH 2 CH 2 O) 5 –, –CH 2 NH—, –CH 2 NHCH 2 –, –CH 2 CH 2 NH–, –CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 NH–, – (CH 2 ) 4 NH–, –CH 2 S–, –CH 2 S–
- substituted heteroalkylene groups include, but are not limited to, –C (O) CH 2 O–, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 2 O–, –C (O) CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O–, –C (O) CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O–, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 5 O–, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 6 O–, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 7 O–, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 8 O–, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 9 O–, –C (O) (CH 2 ) 10 O–, –C (O) CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 O–, –C (O) CH 2 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) 2 –, –C (O) CH 2 O- (CH 2 -CH 2 O) 3 –, –C (O) CH 2 O (CH 2 CH 2 O) 4 , –C (O) CH 2 O (CH 2 O
- alkenyl refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon double bond (s) .
- the alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- alkenyl embraces radicals having a “cis” or “trans” configuration or a mixture thereof, or alternatively, a “Z” or “E” configuration or a mixture thereof, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art.
- C 2-6 alkenyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C 2-30 ) , 2 to 20 (C 2-20 ) , 2 to 15 (C 2-15 ) , 2 to 10 (C 2-10 ) , or 2 to 6 (C 2-6 ) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C 3-30 ) , 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or 3 to 6 (C 3- 6 ) carbon atoms.
- alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., propen-1-yl, propen-2-yl, and allyl) , and butenyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., buten-1-yl, buten-2-yl, buten-3-yl, and 2-buten-1-yl) .
- alkenylene and “alkenediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon double bond (s) .
- the alkenediyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- alkenediyl embraces radicals having a “cis” or “trans” configuration or a mixture thereof, or alternatively, a “Z” or “E” configuration or a mixture thereof, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art.
- C 2-6 alkenediyl refers to a linear unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkenediyl is a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C 2-30 ) , 2 to 20 (C 2-20 ) , 2 to 15 (C 2-15 ) , 2 to 10 (C 2-10 ) , or 2 to 6 (C 2-6 ) carbon atoms, or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C 3-30 ) , 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or 3 to 6 (C 3-6 ) carbon atoms.
- alkenediyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., ethene-1, 1-diyl and ethene-1, 2-diyl) , propenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-propene-1, 1-diyl, 1-propene-1, 2-diyl, and 1-propene-1, 3-diyl) , butenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-butene-1, 1-diyl, 1-butene-1, 2-diyl, and 1-butene-1, 4-diyl) , pentenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-pentene-1, 1-diyl, 1-pentene-1, 2-diyl, and 1-pentene-1, 5-diyl) , and hexenediyl (including all isomeric
- alkynyl refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon triple bond (s) .
- An alkynyl group does not contain a carbon-carbon double bond.
- the alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- C 2-6 alkynyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkynyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C 2-30 ) , 2 to 20 (C 2-20 ) , 2 to 15 (C 2-15 ) , 2 to 10 (C 2-10 ) , or 2 to 6 (C 2-6 ) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 30 (C 4-30 ) , 4 to 20 (C 4-20 ) , 4 to 15 (C 4-15 ) , 4 to 10 (C 4-10 ) , or 4 to 6 (C 4-6 ) carbon atoms.
- alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (–C ⁇ CH) , propynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-propynyl (–C ⁇ CCH 3 ) and propargyl (–CH 2 C ⁇ CH) ) , butynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-butyn-1-yl and 2-butyn-1-yl) , pentynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-pentyn-1-yl and 1-methyl-2-butyn-1-yl) , and hexynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-hexyn-1-yl and 2-hexyn-1-yl) .
- alkynylene and alkynediyl are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon triple bond (s) .
- An alkynylene group does not contain a carbon-carbon double bond.
- the alkynediyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- C 2-6 alkynediyl refers to a linear unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkynediyl is a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C 2-30 ) , 2 to 20 (C 2-20 ) , 2 to 15 (C 2-15 ) , 2 to 10 (C 2-10 ) , or 2 to 6 (C 2-6 ) carbon atoms, or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 30 (C 4-30 ) , 4 to 20 (C 4-20 ) , 4 to 15 (C 4-15 ) , 4 to 10 (C 4-10 ) , or 4 to 6 (C 4- 6 ) carbon atoms.
- alkynediyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynediyl, propynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-propyne-1, 3-diyl and 1-propyne-3, 3-diyl) , butynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-butyne-1, 3-diyl, 1-butyne-1, 4-diyl, and 2-butyne-1, 1-diyl) , pentynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-pentyne-1, 3-diyl, 1-pentyne-1, 4-diyl, and 2-pentyne-1, 1-diyl) , and hexynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-hexyne-1, 3-diyl, 1-hexyn
- cycloalkyl refers to a cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- the cycloalkyl is a saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic, and/or bridged or non-bridged, and/or fused bicyclic group.
- the cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 (C 3-30 ) , from 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , from 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , from 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or from 3 to 7 (C 3-7 ) carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkyl is monocyclic.
- the cycloalkyl is bicyclic. In yet another embodiment, the cycloalkyl is tricyclic. In still another embodiment, the cycloalkyl is polycyclic. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentyl, bicyclo [2.1.1] hexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] -octyl, decalinyl, and adamantyl.
- cycloalkylene and “cycloalkanediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a cyclic divalent hydrocarbon radical, which may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- cycloalkanediyl groups may be saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic, and/or bridged, and/or non-bridged, and/or fused bicyclic groups.
- the cycloalkanediyl has from 3 to 30 (C 3-30 ) , 3 to 20 (C 3-20 ) , from 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ) , from 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ) , or from 3 to 7 (C 3-7 ) carbon atoms.
- cycloalkanediyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclopropane-1, 1-diyl and cyclopropane-1, 2-diyl) , cyclobutanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclobutane-1, 1-diyl, cyclobutane-1, 2-diyl, and cyclobutane-1, 3-diyl) , cyclopentanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclopentane-1, 1-diyl, cyclopentane-1, 2-diyl, and cyclopentane-1, 3-diyl) , cyclohexanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclohexane-1, 1-diyl, cyclo
- aryl refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical and/or monovalent polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical that contain at least one aromatic carbon ring.
- the aryl has from 6 to 30 (C 6-30 ) , from 6 to 20 (C 6-20 ) , from 6 to 15 (C 6-15 ) , or from 6 to 10 (C 6-10 ) ring carbon atoms.
- aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, biphenyl, and terphenyl.
- the aryl also refers to bicyclic or tricyclic carbon rings, where one of the rings is aromatic and the others of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, for example, dihydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralinyl) .
- the aryl is monocyclic.
- the aryl is bicyclic.
- the aryl is tricyclic.
- the aryl is polycyclic.
- the aryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- arylene and “arenediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a divalent monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical or divalent polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical that contains at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
- the arylene has from 6 to 30 (C 6-30 ) , from 6 to 20 (C 6-20 ) , from 6 to 15 (C 6-15 ) , or from 6 to 10 (C 6-10 ) ring atoms.
- arylene groups include, but are not limited to, phenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., phen-1, 2-diyl, phen-1, 3-diyl, and phen-1, 4-diyl) , naphthylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., naphth-1, 2-diyl, naphth-1, 3-diyl, and naphth-1, 8-diyl) , fluorenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., fluoren-1, 2-diyl, fluoren-1, 3-diyl, and fluoren-1, 8-diyl) , azulenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., azulen-1, 2-diyl, azulen-1, 3-diyl, and azulen-1, 8-diyl) , anthrylene (including all isomeric forms, e.
- Arylene also refers to bicyclic or tricyclic carbon rings, where one of the rings is aromatic and the others of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, for example, dihydronaphthylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., dihydronaphth-1, 2-diyl and dihydronaphth-1, 8-diyl) , indenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., inden-1, 2-diyl, inden-1, 5-diyl, and inden-1, 7-diyl) , indanylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., indan-1, 2-diyl, indan-1, 5-diyl, and indan-1, 7-diyl) , or tetrahydronaphthylene (tetralinylene) (including all isomeric forms, e.g., tetrahydronaphth-1, 2-di
- aralkyl or “arylalkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups. In certain embodiments, the aralkyl has from 7 to 30 (C 7-30 ) , from 7 to 20 (C 7-20 ) , or from 7 to 16 (C 7-16 ) carbon atoms.
- aralkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenylethyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-phenylethyl and 2-phenylethyl) , and phenylpropyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-phenylpropyl, 2-phenylpropyl, and 3-phenylpropyl) .
- the aralkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- aralkylene or “arylalkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups. In certain embodiments, the aralkylene has from 7 to 30 (C 7-30 ) , from 7 to 20 (C 7-20 ) , or from 7 to 16 (C 7-16 ) carbon atoms.
- aralkylene groups include, but are not limited to, benzylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., phenylmethdiyl) , phenylethylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 2-phenyl-ethan-1, 1-diyl and 2-phenyl-ethan-1, 2-diyl) , and phenylpropylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 3-phenyl-propan-1, 1-diyl, 3-phenyl-propan-1, 2-diyl, and 3-phenyl-propan-1, 3-diyl) .
- the aralkylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- heteroaryl refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic group or monovalent polycyclic aromatic group that contain at least one aromatic ring, wherein at least one aromatic ring contains one or more heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S, and N, in the ring.
- heteroaryl group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring the heteroaryl group is not bonded to the rest of a molecule through its nonaromatic heterocyclic ring.
- Each ring of a heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms; provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom.
- the heteroaryl has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms.
- the heteroaryl is monocyclic.
- heteroaryl groups examples include, but are not limited to, furanyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl.
- the heteroaryl is bicyclic.
- bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyrindyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., furo [2, 3-b] pyridinyl, furo [2, 3-c] pyridinyl, furo [3, 2-b] pyridinyl, furo [3, 2-c] pyridinyl, furo [3, 4-b] pyridinyl, and furo [3, 4-c] pyridinyl) , imidazopyridinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., imidazo [1, 2-a] pyridinyl, imidazo [4, 5-b] pyridinyl, and imidazo [4, 5-c] pyridinyl
- the heteroaryl is tricyclic.
- tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, benz-indolyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 5-phenanthrolinyl, 1, 6-phenanthrolinyl, 1, 7-phenanthrolinyl, 1, 9-phen-anthrolinyl, and 2, 10-phenanthrolinyl) , phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and xanthenyl.
- the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- heteroarylene and “heteroarenediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a divalent monocyclic aromatic group or divalent polycyclic aromatic group that contains at least one aromatic ring, wherein at least one aromatic ring contains one or more heteroatoms in the ring, each of which is independently selected from O, S, and N.
- heteroarylene group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring the heteroarylene group is not bonded to the rest of a molecule via its nonaromatic heterocyclic ring.
- Each ring of a heteroarylene group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom.
- the heteroarylene has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms.
- Examples of monocyclic heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, furandiyl, imidazoldiyl, isothiazoldiyl, isoxazoldiyl, oxadiazoldiyl, oxazoldiyl, pyrazindiyl, pyrazoldiyl, pyridazindiyl, pyridindiyl, pyrimidindiyl, pyrroldiyl, thiadiazoldiyl, thiazoldiyl, thiendiyl, tetrazoldiyl, triazinediyl, and triazoldiyl.
- bicyclic heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, benzofurandiyl, benzimidazoldiyl, benzoisoxazoldiyl, benzopyrandiyl, benzothiadiazoldiyl, benzothiazoldiyl, benzothiendiyl, benzotriazoldiyl, benzoxazoldiyl, furopyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., furo [2, 3-b] pyridindiyl, furo [2, 3-c] pyridindiyl, furo [3, 2-b] pyridindiyl, furo [3, 2-c] -pyridindiyl, furo [3, 4-b] pyridindiyl, and furo [3, 4-c] pyridindiyl) , imidazopyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., imidazo [1, 2-a] pyrid
- tricyclic heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, acridindiyl, benzindoldiyl, carbazoldiyl, dibenzofurandiyl, perimidindiyl, phenanthrolindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 5-phenanthrolindiyl, 1, 6-phenanthrolindiyl, 1, 7-phenanthrolindiyl, 1, 9-phenanthrolindiyl, and 2, 10-phenanthrolindiyl) , phenanthridindiyl, phenarsazindiyl, phenazindiyl, phenothiazindiyl, phenoxazindiyl, and xanthendiyl.
- heteroarylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
- heterocyclyl refers to a monovalent monocyclic non-aromatic ring system or monovalent polycyclic ring system that contains at least one non- aromatic ring, wherein one or more of the non-aromatic ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S, and N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms.
- heterocyclyl group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, the heterocyclyl group is not bonded to the rest of a molecule through the heteroaromatic ring.
- the heterocyclyl or heterocyclic group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms.
- the heterocyclyl is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be fused or bridged, and in which nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic.
- the heterocyclyl may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound.
- heterocyclyls and heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranonyl, chromanyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzisothiazolyl, dihydro-benzisoxazinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 3] oxazinyl, 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [c] [1, 2] -oxazinyl, and 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 2] oxazinyl) , dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydroisobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzo [c] thienyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydro-pyranyl, dihydropyrany
- heterocyclylene refers to a divalent monocyclic non-aromatic ring system or divalent polycyclic ring system that contains at least one non-aromatic ring, wherein one or more of the non-aromatic ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms.
- the heterocyclylene group For a heterocyclylene group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, the heterocyclylene group has at least one bond to the rest of a molecule via its nonaromatic heterocyclic ring.
- the heterocyclylene group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms.
- the heterocyclylene is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be fused or bridged, and in which nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic.
- the heterocyclylene may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound.
- heterocyclylene groups include, but are not limited to, azepindiyl, benzodioxandiyl, benzodioxoldiyl, benzofuranondiyl, chromandiyl, decahydroisoquinolindiyl, dihydrobenzofurandiyl, dihydrobenzisothiazoldiyl, dihydrobenzisoxazindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 3] oxazindiyl, 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [c] [1, 2] oxazindiyl, and 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 2] oxazindiyl) , dihydrobenzothiendiyl, dihydroisobenzofurandiyl, dihydrobenzo [c] thiendiyl, dihydrofurdiyl, dihydroisoiso
- halogen refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and/or iodo.
- each Q a is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) R e , –C (O) OR e , –C (O) NR f R g , –C (O) SR e , –C (NR e ) NR f R g , –C (S) R e , –C (S) OR e , –C (S) NR f R g , –OR e , –OC (O) R e , –OC (O) OR e , –OC (O) NR f R g
- optically active and ” enantiomerically active refer to a collection of molecules, which has an enantiomeric excess of no less than about 80%, no less than about 90%, no less than about 91%, no less than about 92%, no less than about 93%, no less than about 94%, no less than about 95%, no less than about 96%, no less than about 97%, no less than about 98%, no less than about 99%, no less than about 99.5%, or no less than about 99.8%.
- an optically active compound comprises about 95%or more of one enantiomer and about 5%or less of the other enantiomer based on the total weight of the enantiomeric mixture in question.
- an optically active compound comprises about 98%or more of one enantiomer and about 2%or less of the other enantiomer based on the total weight of the enantiomeric mixture in question. In certain embodiments, an optically active compound comprises about 99%or more of one enantiomer and about 1%or less of the other enantiomer based on the total weight of the enantiomeric mixture in question.
- the prefixes R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the compound about its chiral center (s) .
- the (+) and (-) are used to denote the optical rotation of the compound, that is, the direction in which a plane of polarized light is rotated by the optically active compound.
- the (-) prefix indicates that the compound is levorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the left or counterclockwise.
- the (+) prefix indicates that the compound is dextrorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the right or clockwise.
- the sign of optical rotation, (+) and (-) is not related to the absolute configuration of the compound, R and S.
- isotopically enriched refers to a compound that contains an unnatural proportion of an isotope at one or more of the atoms that constitute such a compound.
- an isotopically enriched compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, hydrogen ( 1 H) , deuterium ( 2 H) , tritium ( 3 H) , carbon-11 ( 11 C) , carbon-12 ( 12 C) , carbon-13 ( 13 C) , carbon-14 ( 14 C) , nitrogen-13 ( 13 N) , nitrogen-14 ( 14 N) , nitrogen-15 ( 15 N) , oxygen-14 ( 14 O) , oxygen-15 ( 15 O) , oxygen-16 ( 16 O) , oxygen-17 ( 17 O) , oxygen-18 ( 18 O) , fluorine-17 ( 17 F) , fluorine-18 ( 18 F) , phosphorus-31 ( 31 P) , phosphorus-32 ( 32 P) , phosphorus-33 ( 33 P) , sulfur-
- an isotopically enriched compound is in a stable form, that is, non-radioactive.
- an isotopically enriched compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, hydrogen ( 1 H) , deuterium ( 2 H) , carbon-12 ( 12 C) , carbon-13 ( 13 C) , nitrogen-14 ( 14 N) , nitrogen-15 ( 15 N) , oxygen-16 ( 16 O) , oxygen-17 ( 17 O) , oxygen-18 ( 18 O) , fluorine-17 ( 17 F) , phosphorus-31 ( 31 P) , sulfur-32 ( 32 S) , sulfur-33 ( 33 S) , sulfur-34 ( 34 S) , sulfur-36 ( 36 S) , chlorine-35 ( 35 Cl) , chlorine-37 ( 37 Cl) , bromine-79 ( 79 Br) , bromine-81 ( 81 Br) , and iodine-127 ( 127 I) .
- an isotopically enriched compound is in an unstable form, that is, radioactive.
- an isotopically enriched compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, tritium ( 3 H) , carbon-11 ( 11 C) , carbon-14 ( 14 C) , nitrogen-13 ( 13 N) , oxygen-14 ( 14 O) , oxygen-15 ( 15 O) , fluorine-18 ( 18 F) , phosphorus-32 ( 32 P) , phosphorus-33 ( 33 P) , sulfur-35 ( 35 S) , chlorine-36 ( 36 Cl) , iodine-123 ( 123 I) , iodine-125 ( 125 I) , iodine-129 ( 129 I) , and iodine-131 ( 131 I) .
- any hydrogen can be 2 H, as example, or any carbon can be 13 C, as example, or any nitrogen can be 15 N, as example, or any oxygen can be 18 O, as example, where feasible according to the judgment of one of ordinary skill in the art.
- isotopic enrichment refers to the percentage of incorporation of a less prevalent isotope (e.g., D for deuterium or hydrogen-2) of an element at a given position in a molecule in the place of a more prevalent isotope (e.g., 1 H for protium or hydrogen-1) of the element.
- a less prevalent isotope e.g., D for deuterium or hydrogen-2
- a more prevalent isotope e.g., 1 H for protium or hydrogen-1
- isotopic enrichment factor refers to the ratio between the isotopic abundance in an isotopically enriched compound and the natural abundance of a specific isotope.
- hydrogen refers to the composition of naturally occurring hydrogen isotopes, which include protium ( 1 H) , deuterium ( 2 H or D) , and tritium ( 3 H) , in their natural abundances.
- Protium is the most common hydrogen isotope having a natural abundance of more than 99.98%.
- Deuterium is a less prevalent hydrogen isotope having a natural abundance of about 0.0156%.
- deuterium enrichment refers to the percentage of incorporation of deuterium at a given position in a molecule in the place of hydrogen. For example, deuterium enrichment of 1%at a given position means that 1%of molecules in a given sample contain deuterium at the specified position. Because the naturally occurring distribution of deuterium is about 0.0156%on average, deuterium enrichment at any position in a compound synthesized using non-enriched starting materials is about 0.0156%on average. As used herein, when a particular position in an isotopically enriched compound is designated as having deuterium, it is understood that the abundance of deuterium at that position in the compound is substantially greater than its natural abundance (0.0156%) .
- carbon or the symbol “C” refers to the composition of naturally occurring carbon isotopes, which include carbon-12 ( 12 C) and carbon-13 ( 13 C) in their natural abundances.
- Carbon-12 is the most common carbon isotope having a natural abundance of more than 98.89%.
- Carbon-13 is a less prevalent carbon isotope having a natural abundance of about 1.11%.
- carbon-13 enrichment or “ 13 C enrichment” refers to the percentage of incorporation of carbon-13 at a given position in a molecule in the place of carbon.
- carbon-13 enrichment of 10%at a given position means that 10%of molecules in a given sample contain carbon-13 at the specified position. Because the naturally occurring distribution of carbon-13 is about 1.11%on average, carbon-13 enrichment at any position in a compound synthesized using non-enriched starting materials is about 1.11%on average.
- when a particular position in an isotopically enriched compound is designated as having carbon-13, it is understood that the abundance of carbon-13 at that position in the compound is substantially greater than its natural abundance (1.11%) .
- substantially pure and substantially homogeneous mean, when referred to a substance, sufficiently homogeneous to appear free of readily detectable impurities as determined by a standard analytical method used by one of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, thin layer chromatography (TLC) , gel electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) , gas chromatography (GC) , nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) , and mass spectrometry (MS) ; or sufficiently pure such that further purification would not detectably alter the physical, chemical, biological, and/or pharmacological properties, such as enzymatic and biological activities, of the substance.
- TLC thin layer chromatography
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
- GC gas chromatography
- NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
- MS mass spectrometry
- substantially pure or “substantially homogeneous” refers to a collection of molecules, wherein at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or at least about 99.5%by weight of the molecules are a single compound, including a single enantiomer, a racemic mixture, or a mixture of enantiomers, as determined by standard analytical methods.
- a molecule that contains other than the designated isotope at the specified position is an impurity with respect to the isotopically enriched compound.
- a deuterated compound that has an atom at a particular position designated as deuterium a compound that contains a protium at the same position is an impurity.
- solvate refers to a complex or aggregate formed by one or more molecules of a solute, e.g., a compound provided herein, and one or more molecules of a solvent, which are present in a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount.
- Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, and acetic acid.
- the solvent is pharmaceutically acceptable.
- the complex or aggregate is in a crystalline form.
- the complex or aggregate is in a noncrystalline form.
- the solvent is water
- the solvate is a hydrate. Examples of hydrates include, but are not limited to, a hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate, and pentahydrate.
- an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof” has the same meaning as the phrase “ (i) an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant of the compound referenced therein; (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug of the compound referenced therein; or (iii) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug of an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of a
- R 1 is hydrogen or deuterium
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , —OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2- 6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , –S (O) R 1a , –S (O) 2 R 1a , –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , or —S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c ;
- R 6 and R 7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , or –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c ; and R 8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , or –C (O) NR 1b R 1c ; or R 6 and R 7 or R 7 and R 8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
- A is a bond, O, or N (R 1b ) ;
- L is C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, C 2-6 alkynylene, C 3-10 cycloalkylene, C 6-14 arylene, C 7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene;
- each R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , and R 1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C 1-30 alkyl, C 1-30 heteroalkyl, C 2-30 alkenyl, C 2-30 alkynyl, C 3-30 cycloalkyl, C 6-30 aryl, C 7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
- each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituent
- each Q a is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) R e , –C (O) OR e , –C (O) NR f R g , –C (O) SR e , –C (NR e ) NR f R g , –C (S) R e , –C (S) OR e , –C (S) NR f R g , –OR e , –OC (O) R e , –OC (O) OR e , –OC (O) NR f R g
- R 6 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 6 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 6 is –OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 6 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 6 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 6 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 6 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 7 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 7 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 7 is –OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 7 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 7 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 7 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R 7 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 1 is hydrogen or deuterium
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 2-10 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , —OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c
- R 4 and R 5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2- 6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , –C (O) SR 1a , –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , –C (S) R 1a , –C (S) OR 1a , –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , –S (O) R 1a , –S (O) 2 R 1a , –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , or —S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c ;
- R 6 and R 7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR 1a , –OC (O) R 1a , –OC (O) OR 1a , or –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c ; and R 8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , or –C (O) NR 1b R 1c ; or R 6 and R 7 or R 7 and R 8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
- A is a bond, O, or N (R 1b ) ;
- L is C 1-6 alkylene, C 1-6 heteroalkylene, C 2-6 alkenylene, C 2-6 alkynylene, C 3-10 cycloalkylene, C 6-14 arylene, C 7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene;
- each R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , and R 1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C 1-30 alkyl, C 1-30 heteroalkyl, C 2-30 alkenyl, C 2-30 alkynyl, C 3-30 cycloalkyl, C 6-30 aryl, C 7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
- each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituent
- each Q a is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 6-14 aryl, C 7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) R e , –C (O) OR e , –C (O) NR f R g , –C (O) SR e , –C (NR e ) NR f R g , –C (S) R e , –C (S) OR e , –C (S) NR f R g , –OR e , –OC (O) R e , –OC (O) OR e , –OC (O) NR f R g
- R 6 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 6 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 6 is –OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 6 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 6 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 6 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 6 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 7 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 7 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 7 is –OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 7 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 7 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 7 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R 7 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 6a and R 7a are each independently (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R 1a , –C (O) OR 1a , or –C (O) NR 1b R 1c ; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , A, E, and L are each as defined herein.
- E is azido, fluoro, iodo, isocyano
- —C CH 2 , –C ⁇ CH, –C (O) CH 3 , or –SH.
- E is azido (–N 3 ) .
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 6a , R 7a , A, and L are each as defined herein.
- A in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (III) , A is a bond or O. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (III) , A is a bond. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (III) , A is O.
- A in any one of Formulae (I) to (III) , A is a bond or O. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (III) , A is a bond. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (III) , A is O.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 6a , R 7a , and L are each as defined herein.
- L is C 1-6 alkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, or butanediyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is methanediyl, ethane-1, 2-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, or butane-1, 4-diyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of (A) and Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is methanediyl.
- L is C 1-6 alkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, or butanediyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is methanediyl, ethane-1, 2-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, or butane-1, 4-diyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is methanediyl.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 6a , and R 7a are each as defined herein.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 6a , and R 7a are each as defined herein.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 6a , and R 7a are each as defined herein.
- R 6a is hydrogen or –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 6a is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 6a is –C (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 6a is acetyl.
- R 7a is hydrogen or –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 7a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 7a is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 7a is –C (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R 7a is acetyl.
- R 1 in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 1 is deuterium.
- R 2 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, or C 2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 2 in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 2 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 2 is C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 2 in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 2 is C 1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 2 is C 1-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 3 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, or C 2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 3 is hydrogen.
- R 3 is deuterium.
- R 3 is C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 3 is C 1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 2 is C 2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 4 is hydrogen
- R 5 is hydrogen
- R 8 is hydrogen or
- R 8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 8 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 8 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 8 is –C (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 8 is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R 8 is acetyl.
- R 1 in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 1 is deuterium.
- R 2 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, or C 2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 2 in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 2 is hydrogen.
- R 2 in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 2 is deuterium.
- R 2 in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 2 is C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 2 is C 1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 2 is C 1-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 3 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-10 heteroalkyl, or C 2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 3 is hydrogen.
- R 3 is deuterium.
- R 3 is C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 3 is C 1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 2 is C 2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 4 is hydrogen
- R 5 is hydrogen
- R 8 is hydrogen or –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 8 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 8 is –C (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 8 is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R 8 is acetyl.
- R 1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 1 is deuterium.
- R 2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 2 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, R 2 is cyano. In certain embodiments, R 2 is halo. In certain embodiments, R 2 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R 2 is chloro. In certain embodiments, R 2 is nitro. In certain embodiments, R 2 is C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 is C 1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is trifluoromethyl.
- R 2 is C 2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is C 2-10 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 2 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 2 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –C (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –C (O) SR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –C (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –C (S) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (S) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OC (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OS (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OS (O) 2 R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OS (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –OS (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (O) R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (O) OR 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (O) SR 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (NR 1d ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (S) R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (S) OR 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a C (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a S (O) R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a S (O) 2 R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a S (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –NR 1a S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –SR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –S (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –S (O) 2 R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 2 is –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 2 is –S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 3 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, R 3 is cyano. In certain embodiments, R 3 is halo. In certain embodiments, R 3 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R 3 is chloro. In certain embodiments, R 3 is nitro. In certain embodiments, R 3 is C 1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is C 1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is trifluoromethyl.
- R 3 is C 2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is C 2-10 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 3 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 3 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –C (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –C (O) SR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –C (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –C (S) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (S) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OC (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OS (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OS (O) 2 R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OS (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –OS (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (O) R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (O) OR 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (O) SR 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (NR 1d ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (S) R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (S) OR 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a C (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a S (O) R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a S (O) 2 R 1d , wherein R 1a and R 1d are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a S (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –NR 1a S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –SR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –S (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –S (O) 2 R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 3 is –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 3 is –S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 4 is C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is methyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is C 1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is C 2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 4 is C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 4 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 4 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 4 is –C (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 4 is –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 4 is –C (O) SR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 4 is –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 4 is –C (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 4 is –C (S) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 4 is –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 4 is –S (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 4 is –S (O) 2 R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 4 is –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 4 is –S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 5 is C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is methyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is C 1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is C 2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 5 is C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 5 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 5 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 5 is –C (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 5 is –C (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 5 is –C (O) SR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 5 is –C (NR 1a ) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1a , R 1b , and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 5 is –C (S) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 5 is –C (S) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 5 is –C (S) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 5 is –S (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 5 is –S (O) 2 R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein.
- R 5 is –S (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 5 is –S (O) 2 NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 6 is halo. In certain embodiments, R 6 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R 6 is —OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 6 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is acetyloxy, propoyloxy, or butoyloxy, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is acetyloxy.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –C 1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –C 2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is benzoyloxy, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic C 6-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 6 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 7 is halo. In certain embodiments, R 7 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R 7 is —OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 7 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 7 is –OC (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 7 is –OC (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7 is acetyloxy, propoyloxy, or butoyloxy, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7 is acetyloxy.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –C 1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –C 2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is benzoyloxy, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic C 8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7 is –OC (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7 is –OC (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7 is –OC (O) OR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 7 is –OC (O) NR 1b R 1c , wherein R 1b and R 1c are each as defined herein.
- R 8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –C 1-30 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is acetyl. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –C 1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 8 is –C (O) –C 2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is benzoyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 8 is –C (O) – (bicyclic C 8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 8 is –C (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 8 is –C (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 8 is –C (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6 and R 7 are linked together to form a lactone ring. In certain embodiments, R 6 and R 7 are linked together to form a 5-membered lactone ring. In certain embodiments, R 6 and R 7 are linked together to form a 6-membered lactone ring.
- R 7 and R 8 are linked together to form a lactone ring, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7 and R 8 are linked together to form a 5-membered lactone ring, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7 and R 8 are linked together to form a 6-membered lactone ring, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is acetyl. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –C 1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6a is –C (O) –C 2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is benzoyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6a is –C (O) – (bicyclic C 8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6a is –C (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 6a is –C (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 6a is –C (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is acetyl. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –C 1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7a is –C (O) –C 2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –C 2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –C 3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –C 6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is benzoyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7a is –C (O) – (bicyclic C 8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –C 7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7a is –C (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- R 7a is –C (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R 7a is –C (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- A is a bond. In certain embodiments, A is O. In certain embodiments, A is N (R 1b ) , wherein R 1b is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, A is N (H) .
- E is –C ⁇ CR 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E is –C ⁇ CH. In certain embodiments, E is wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E is In certain embodiments, E is In certain embodiments, E is wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E is In certain embodiments, E is –C (O) R 1a , wherein R 1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E is –C (O) CH 3 . In certain embodiments, E is –SH.
- L is C 1-6 alkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, or butanediyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is methanediyl, ethane-1, 2-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, or butane-1, 4-diyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is C 1-6 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- L is C 2-6 alkenylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C 2-6 alkynylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C 3-10 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C 6-14 arylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C 7-15 aralkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is heteroarylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is heterocyclylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- a compound provided herein is isolated or purified. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or at least about 99.5%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 90%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 95%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 98%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 99%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 99.5%by weight.
- the compounds provided herein are intended to encompass all possible stereoisomers unless a particular stereochemistry is specified.
- a compound provided herein contains an alkenyl group
- the compound may exist as one or mixture of geometric cis/trans (or Z/E) isomers.
- structural isomers are interconvertible
- the compound may exist as a single tautomer or a mixture of tautomers. This can take the form of proton tautomerism in the compound that contains, for example, an imino, keto, or oxime group; or so-called valence tautomerism in the compound that contains an aromatic moiety. It follows that a single compound may exhibit more than one type of isomerism.
- a compound provided herein can be enantiomerically pure, such as a single enantiomer or a single diastereomer, or be stereoisomeric mixtures, such as a mixture of enantiomers, e.g., a racemic mixture of two enantiomers; or a mixture of two or more diastereomers.
- a compound in its (R) form is equivalent, for the compound that undergoes epimerization in vivo, to administration of the compound in its (S) form.
- Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor, asymmetric synthesis from achiral starting materials, or resolution of an enantiomeric mixture, for example, chiral chromatography, recrystallization, resolution, diastereomeric salt formation, or derivatization into diastereomeric adducts followed by separation.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound provided herein is a solvate.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound provided herein is a hydrate.
- Suitable acids for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound provided herein include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, 2, 2-dichloroacetic acid, acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, boric acid, (+) -camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+) - (1S) -camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1, 2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid
- Suitable bases for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound provided herein include, but are not limited to, inorganic bases, such as magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, and sodium hydroxide; and organic bases, such as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, aliphatic and aromatic amines, including, but not limited to, L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, dimethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, 2- (diethyl-amino) ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylamine, ethylenediamine, isopropylamine, N-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, 1H-imidazole, L-lysine, morpholine, 4- (2-hydroxyethyl) -morpholine, methylamine, piperidine, piperazine, prop
- a compound provided herein may also be provided as a prodrug, which is a functional derivative of the compound and is readily convertible into the parent compound in vivo.
- Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent compound. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent compound is not.
- the prodrug may also have enhanced solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent compound.
- a prodrug may be converted into the parent drug by various mechanisms, including enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- a compound provided herein e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be formulated in various dosage forms, including, but not limited to, dosage forms for oral, parenteral, and topical administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition can also be formulated as modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, extended-, prolonged-, sustained-, pulsatile-, controlled-, accelerated-, fast-, targeted-, programmed-release, and gastric retention dosage forms.
- These dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra; Modified-Release Drug Delivery Technology, 2nd ed.; Rathbone et al., Eds.; Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences 184; CRC Press: Boca Raton, FL, 2008.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for oral administration. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for parenteral administration. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for intravenous administration. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for intramuscular administration. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for subcutaneous administration. In still another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for topical administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be provided in a unit-dosage form or multiple-dosage form.
- a unit-dosage form refers to physically discrete a unit suitable for administration to a subject, and packaged individually as is known in the art. Each unit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of an active ingredient (s) (e.g., a compound provided herein) sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with the required pharmaceutical excipient (s) .
- an active ingredient e.g., a compound provided herein
- Examples of a unit-dosage form include, but are not limited to, an ampoule, syringe, and individually packaged tablet and capsule.
- a unit-dosage form may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof.
- a multiple-dosage form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage forms packaged in a single container to be administered in a segregated unit-dosage form.
- Examples of a multiple-dosage form include, are not limited to, a vial, bottle of tablets or capsules, or bottle of pints or gallons.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered at once or multiple times at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment may vary with the age, weight, and condition of the subject being treated, and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test or diagnostic data. It is further understood that for any particular individual, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the subject’s need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the pharmaceutical composition.
- oral administration can be provided in solid, semisolid, or liquid dosage forms for oral administration.
- oral administration also includes buccal, lingual, and sublingual administration.
- Suitable oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, fastmelts, chewable tablets, capsules, pills, strips, troches, lozenges, pastilles, cachets, pellets, medicated chewing gum, bulk powders, effervescent or non-effervescent powders or granules, oral mists, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, wafers, sprinkles, elixirs, and syrups.
- the pharmaceutical composition can contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, including, but not limited to, binders, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, wetting agents, lubricants, glidants, coloring agents, dye-migration inhibitors, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, emulsifying agents, suspending and dispersing agents, preservatives, solvents, non-aqueous liquids, organic acids, and sources of carbon dioxide.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients including, but not limited to, binders, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, wetting agents, lubricants, glidants, coloring agents, dye-migration inhibitors, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, emulsifying agents, suspending and dispersing agents, preservatives, solvents, non-aqueous liquids, organic acids, and sources of carbon dioxide.
- Binders or granulators impart cohesiveness to a tablet to ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression.
- Suitable binders or granulators include, but are not limited to, starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, and pre-gelatinized starch (e.g., STARCH ); gelatin; sugars, such as sucrose, glucose, dextrose, molasses, and lactose; natural and synthetic gums, such as acacia, alginic acid, alginates, extract of Irish moss, Panwar gum, Ghatti gum, mucilage of isabgol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) , larch arabinogalactan, powdered tragacanth, and guar gum; celluloses, such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose
- Suitable fillers include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, and pre-gelatinized starch.
- the amount of a binder or filler in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the binder or filler may be present from about 50 to about 99%by weight in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein.
- Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, inositol, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, and powdered sugar.
- Certain diluents, such as mannitol, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, and inositol when present in sufficient quantity, can impart properties to some compressed tablets that permit disintegration in the mouth by chewing. Such compressed tablets can be used as chewable tablets.
- the amount of a diluent in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- Suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to, agar; bentonite; celluloses, such as methylcellulose and carboxymethylcellulose; wood products; natural sponge; cation-exchange resins; alginic acid; gums, such as guar gum and HV; citrus pulp; cross-linked celluloses, such as croscarmellose; cross-linked polymers, such as crospovidone; cross- linked starches; calcium carbonate; microcrystalline cellulose, such as sodium starch glycolate; polacrilin potassium; starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, and pre-gelatinized starch; clays; and algins.
- the amount of a disintegrant in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein may contain from about 0.5 to about 15%or from about 1 to about 5%by weight of a disintegrant.
- Suitable lubricants include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate; magnesium stearate; mineral oil; light mineral oil; glycerin; sorbitol; mannitol; glycols, such as glycerol behenate and polyethylene glycol (PEG) ; stearic acid; sodium lauryl sulfate; talc; hydrogenated vegetable oil, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil; zinc stearate; ethyl oleate; ethyl laureate; agar; starch; lycopodium; and silica or silica gels, such as 200 and
- the amount of a lubricant in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may contain about 0.1 to about 5%by weight of a lubricant.
- Suitable glidants include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide, CAB-O- and asbestos-free talc.
- Suitable coloring agents include, but are not limited to, any of the approved, certified, water soluble FD&C dyes, and water insoluble FD&C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate, and color lakes.
- a color lake is a combination by absorption of a water-soluble dye to a hydrous oxide of a heavy metal, resulting in an insoluble form of the dye.
- Suitable flavoring agents include, but are not limited to, natural flavors extracted from plants, such as fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds which produce a pleasant taste sensation, such as peppermint and methyl salicylate.
- Suitable sweetening agents include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, mannitol, syrups, glycerin, and artificial sweeteners, such as saccharin and aspartame.
- Suitable emulsifying agents include, but are not limited to, gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate ( 20) , polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80 ( 80) , and triethanolamine oleate.
- Suitable suspending and dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, pectin, tragacanth, acacia, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, hydroxy-propyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
- Suitable preservatives include, but are not limited to, glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic add, and sodium benzoate and alcohol.
- Suitable wetting agents include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
- Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol, and syrup.
- Suitable non-aqueous liquids utilized in emulsions include, but are not limited to, mineral oil and cottonseed oil.
- Suitable organic acids include, but are not limited to, citric and tartaric acid.
- Suitable sources of carbon dioxide include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided as compressed tablets, tablet triturates, chewable lozenges, rapidly dissolving tablets, multiple compressed tablets, or enteric-coating tablets, sugar-coated, or film-coated tablets.
- Enteric-coated tablets are compressed tablets coated with substances that resist the action of stomach acid but dissolve or disintegrate in the intestine, thus protecting the active ingredient (s) from the acidic environment of the stomach.
- Enteric-coatings include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, phenyl salicylate, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac, and cellulose acetate phthalates.
- Sugar-coated tablets are compressed tablets surrounded by a sugar coating, which may be beneficial in covering up objectionable tastes or odors and in protecting the tablets from oxidation.
- Film-coated tablets are compressed tablets that are covered with a thin layer or film of a water-soluble material.
- Film coatings include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000, and cellulose acetate phthalate. Film coating imparts the same general characteristics as sugar coating.
- Multiple compressed tablets are compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle, including layered tablets, and press-coated or dry-coated tablets.
- the tablet dosage forms can be prepared from an active ingredient (s) in powdered, crystalline, or granular forms, alone or in combination with one or more carriers or excipients described herein, including binders, disintegrants, controlled-release polymers, lubricants, diluents, and/or colorants. Flavoring and sweetening agents are especially useful in the formation of chewable tablets and lozenges.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided as soft or hard capsules, which can be made from gelatin, methylcellulose, starch, or calcium alginate.
- the hard gelatin capsule also known as the dry-filled capsule (DFC) , consists of two sections, one slipping over the other, thus completely enclosing the active ingredient (s) .
- the soft elastic capsule (SEC) is a soft, globular shell, such as a gelatin shell, which is plasticized by the addition of glycerin, sorbitol, or a similar polyol.
- the soft gelatin shells may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
- Suitable preservatives are those as described herein, including methyl-and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid.
- the liquid, semisolid, and solid dosage forms provided herein may be encapsulated in a capsule.
- Suitable liquid and semisolid dosage forms include solutions and suspensions in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, or triglycerides. Capsules containing such solutions can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239; and 4,410,545.
- the capsules may also be coated as known by those of skill in the art in order to modify or sustain dissolution of the active ingredient (s) .
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided in liquid and semisolid dosage forms, including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, and syrups.
- An emulsion is a two-phase system, in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid, which can be oil-in-water or water-in-oil.
- Emulsions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable non-aqueous liquid or solvent, emulsifying agent, and preservative.
- Suspensions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agent and preservative.
- Aqueous alcoholic solutions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable acetal, such as a di (lower alkyl) acetal of a lower alkyl aldehyde, e.g., acetaldehyde diethyl acetal; and a water-miscible solvent having one or more hydroxyl groups, such as propylene glycol and ethanol.
- Elixirs are clear, sweetened, and hydroalcoholic solutions.
- Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose, and may also contain a preservative.
- a solution in a polyethylene glycol may be diluted with a sufficient quantity of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier, e.g., water, to be measured conveniently for administration.
- liquid and semisolid dosage forms include, but are not limited to, those containing an active ingredient (s) , and a dialkylated mono-or poly-alkylene glycol, including, 1, 2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether, wherein 350, 550, and 750 refer to the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol.
- a dialkylated mono-or poly-alkylene glycol including, 1, 2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether, wherein 350, 550, and 750 refer to the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol.
- These dosage forms can further comprise one or more antioxidants, such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) , butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) , propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamine, lecithin, cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and its esters, and dithiocarbamates.
- antioxidants such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) , butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) , propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamine, lecithin, cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and its esters, and dithiocarba
- composition provided herein for oral administration can also be provided in the forms of liposomes, micelles, microspheres, or nanosystems.
- Micellar dosage forms can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,350,458.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided as non-effervescent or effervescent, granules and powders, to be reconstituted into a liquid dosage form.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the non-effervescent granules or powders may include diluents, sweeteners, and wetting agents.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the effervescent granules or powders may include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.
- Coloring and flavoring agents can be used in all of the dosage forms described herein.
- compositions provided herein for oral administration can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained, pulsed-, controlled, targeted-, and programmed-release forms.
- compositions provided herein can be administered parenterally by injection, infusion, or implantation, for local or systemic administration.
- Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial, intravesical, and subcutaneous administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated in any dosage forms that are suitable for parenteral administration, including, but not limited to, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanosystems, and solid forms suitable for solutions or suspensions in liquid prior to injection.
- dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical science. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for parenteral administration can include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients, including, but not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, pH adjusting agents, and inert gases.
- aqueous vehicles water-miscible vehicles
- non-aqueous vehicles non-aqueous vehicles
- antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or
- Suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, water, saline, physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , sodium chloride injection, Ringer’s injection, isotonic dextrose injection, sterile water injection, dextrose and lactated Ringer’s injection.
- Suitable non-aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, fixed oils of vegetable origin, castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils, hydrogenated soybean oil, and medium-chain triglycerides of coconut oil, and palm seed oil.
- Suitable water-miscible vehicles include, but are not limited to, ethanol, 1, 3-butanediol, liquid polyethylene glycol (e.g., polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 400) , propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and dimethyl sulfoxide.
- liquid polyethylene glycol e.g., polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 400
- propylene glycol e.g., propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and dimethyl sulfoxide.
- Suitable antimicrobial agents or preservatives include, but are not limited to, phenols, cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoates, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride (e.g., benzethonium chloride) , methyl-and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid.
- Suitable isotonic agents include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, glycerin, and dextrose.
- Suitable buffering agents include, but are not limited to, phosphate and citrate.
- Suitable antioxidants include those described herein, such as bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite.
- Suitable local anesthetics include, but are not limited to, procaine hydrochloride.
- Suitable suspending and dispersing agents include those described herein, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
- Suitable emulsifying agents include those described herein, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80, and triethanolamine oleate.
- Suitable sequestering or chelating agents include, but are not limited to, EDTA.
- Suitable pH adjusting agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid.
- Suitable complexing agents include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrins, including ⁇ -cyclodextrin, ⁇ -cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, sulfobutylether- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, and sulfobutylether 7- ⁇ -cyclodextrin
- multiple dosage parenteral formulations must contain an antimicrobial agent at bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations. All parenteral formulations must be sterile, as known and practiced in the art.
- the pharmaceutical composition for parenteral administration is provided as a ready-to-use sterile solution.
- the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a sterile dry soluble product, including a lyophilized powder and hypodermic tablet, to be reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use.
- the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a ready-to-use sterile suspension.
- the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a sterile dry insoluble product to be reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use.
- the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a ready-to-use sterile emulsion.
- compositions provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained, pulsed-, controlled, targeted-, and programmed-release forms.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated as a suspension, solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid, for administration as an implanted depot.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein are dispersed in a solid inner matrix, which is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane that is insoluble in body fluids but allows the active ingredient (s) in the pharmaceutical composition to diffuse through.
- Suitable inner matrixes include, but are not limited to, polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers (such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid) , collagen, cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol, and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate.
- Suitable outer polymeric membranes include, but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered topically to the skin, orifices, or mucosa.
- the topical administration includes (intra) dermal, conjunctival, intracorneal, intraocular, ophthalmic, auricular, transdermal, nasal, vaginal, urethral, respiratory, and rectal administration.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be formulated in any dosage forms that are suitable for topical administration for local or systemic effect, including, but not limited to, emulsions, solutions, suspensions, creams, gels, hydrogels, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, films, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, and dermal patches.
- the topical formulations of the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can also comprise liposomes, micelles, microspheres, and nanosystems.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients suitable for use in the topical formulations include, but are not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, penetration enhancers, cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, and inert gases.
- the pharmaceutical composition can also be administered topically by electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis, or microneedle or needle-free injection, such as POWDERJECT TM and BIOJECT TM .
- Suitable ointment vehicles include oleaginous or hydrocarbon vehicles, including lard, benzoinated lard, olive oil, cottonseed oil, and other oils, white petrolatum; emulsifiable or absorption vehicles, such as hydrophilic petrolatum, hydroxystearin sulfate, and anhydrous lanolin; water-removable vehicles, such as hydrophilic ointment; water-soluble ointment vehicles, including polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight; emulsion vehicles, either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, including cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin, and stearic acid. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra. These vehicles are emollient but generally require
- Suitable cream base can be oil-in-water or water-in-oil.
- Suitable cream vehicles may be water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier, and an aqueous phase.
- the oil phase is also called the “internal” phase, which is generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol.
- the aqueous phase usually, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant.
- the emulsifier in a cream formulation may be a nonionic, anionic, cationic, or amphoteric surfactant.
- Gels are semisolid, suspension-type systems. Single-phase gels contain organic macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout the liquid carrier.
- Suitable gelling agents include, but are not limited to, crosslinked acrylic acid polymers, such as carbomers, carboxypolyalkylenes, and hydrophilic polymers, such as polyethylene oxides, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, and polyvinylalcohol; cellulosic polymers, such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methylcellulose; gums, such as tragacanth and xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin.
- dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or the gelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing, and/or stirring.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered rectally, urethrally, vaginally, or perivaginally in the forms of suppositories, pessaries, bougies, poultices or cataplasm, pastes, powders, dressings, creams, plasters, contraceptives, ointments, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, tampons, gels, foams, sprays, or enemas.
- These dosage forms can be manufactured using conventional processes as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra.
- Rectal, urethral, and vaginal suppositories are solid bodies for insertion into body orifices, which are solid at ordinary temperatures but melt or soften at body temperature to release the active ingredient (s) inside the orifices.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers utilized in rectal and vaginal suppositories include bases or vehicles, such as stiffening agents, which produce a melting point in the proximity of body temperature, when formulated with an active ingredient (s) ; and antioxidants as described herein, including bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite.
- Suitable vehicles include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter (theobroma oil) , glycerin-gelatin, carbowax (polyoxyethylene glycol) , spermaceti, paraffin, white and yellow wax, and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di-and triglycerides of fatty acids, and hydrogels, such as polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and polyacrylic acid. Combinations of the various vehicles can also be used. Rectal and vaginal suppositories may be prepared by compressing or molding. The typical weight of a rectal and vaginal suppository is about 2 to about 3 g.
- compositions provided herein can be administered ophthalmically in the forms of solutions, suspensions, ointments, emulsions, gel-forming solutions, powders for solutions, gels, ocular inserts, and implants.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered intranasally or by inhalation to the respiratory tract.
- the pharmaceutical composition can be provided in the form of an aerosol or solution for delivery using a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, such as an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist, or nebulizer, alone or in combination with a suitable propellant, such as 1, 1, 1, 2-tetrafluoroethane or 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3-heptafluoropropane.
- atomizer such as an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist, or nebulizer, alone or in combination with a suitable propellant, such as 1, 1, 1, 2-tetrafluoroethane or 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3-heptafluoropropane.
- the pharmaceutical composition can also be provided as a dry powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose or phospholipids; and nasal drops.
- Solutions or suspensions for use in a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebulizer can be formulated to contain ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilizing, or extending release of an active ingredient (s) ; a propellant as solvent; and/or a surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be micronized to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation, such as about 50 micrometers or less, or about 10 micrometers or less.
- Particles of such sizes can be prepared using a comminuting method known to those skilled in the art, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenization, or spray drying.
- Capsules, blisters, and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated to contain a powder mix of the pharmaceutical composition provided herein; a suitable powder base, such as lactose or starch; and a performance modifier, such as l-leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate.
- the lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of the monohydrate.
- Other suitable excipients or carriers include, but are not limited to, dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, and trehalose.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein for inhaled/intranasal administration can further comprise a suitable flavor, such as menthol and levomenthol; and/or sweeteners, such as saccharin and saccharin sodium.
- composition provided herein for topical administration can be formulated to be immediate release or modified release, including delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted, and programmed release.
- modified release refers to a dosage form in which the rate or place of release of an active ingredient (s) is different from that of an immediate dosage form when administered by the same route.
- Modified release dosage forms include, but are not limited to, delayed-, extended-, prolonged-, sustained-, pulsatile-, controlled-, accelerated-and fast-, targeted-, programmed-release, and gastric retention dosage forms.
- the pharmaceutical composition in modified release dosage forms can be prepared using a variety of modified release devices and methods known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, matrix-controlled release devices, osmotic controlled release devices, multiparticulate controlled release devices, ion-exchange resins, enteric coatings, multilayered coatings, microspheres, liposomes, and combinations thereof.
- the release rate of the active ingredient (s) can also be modified by varying the particle sizes and polymorphism of the active ingredient (s) .
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated using a matrix-controlled release device known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Takada et al. in Encyclopedia of Controlled Drug Delivery, Mathiowitz Ed.; Wiley, 1999; Vol. 2.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form is formulated using an erodible matrix device, which is water-swellable, erodible, or soluble polymers, including, but not limited to, synthetic polymers, and naturally occurring polymers and derivatives, such as polysaccharides and proteins.
- an erodible matrix device which is water-swellable, erodible, or soluble polymers, including, but not limited to, synthetic polymers, and naturally occurring polymers and derivatives, such as polysaccharides and proteins.
- Materials useful in forming an erodible matrix include, but are not limited to, chitin, chitosan, dextran, and pullulan; gum agar, gum arabic, gum karaya, locust bean gum, gum tragacanth, carrageenans, gum Ghatti, guar gum, xanthan gum, and scleroglucan; starches, such as dextrin and maltodextrin; hydrophilic colloids, such as pectin; phosphatides, such as lecithin; alginates; propylene glycol alginate; gelatin; collagen; cellulosics, such as ethyl cellulose (EC) , methylethyl cellulose (MEC) , carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) , CMEC, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) , hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC) , cellulose acetate (CA) , cellulose propionate (CP) ,
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated with a non-erodible matrix device.
- the active ingredient (s) is dissolved or dispersed in an inert matrix and is released primarily by diffusion through the inert matrix once administered.
- Materials suitable for use as a non-erodible matrix device include, but are not limited to, insoluble plastics, such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubbers, epichlorohydrin
- the desired release kinetics can be controlled, for example, via the polymer type employed, the polymer viscosity, the particle sizes of the polymer and/or the active ingredient (s) , the ratio of the active ingredient (s) versus the polymer, and other excipients or carriers in the compositions.
- composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, dry or wet granulation followed by compression, and melt-granulation followed by compression.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated using an osmotic controlled release device, including, but not limited to, one-chamber system, two-chamber system, asymmetric membrane technology (AMT) , and extruding core system (ECS) .
- an osmotic controlled release device including, but not limited to, one-chamber system, two-chamber system, asymmetric membrane technology (AMT) , and extruding core system (ECS) .
- AMT asymmetric membrane technology
- ECS extruding core system
- such devices have at least two components: (a) a core which contains an active ingredient; and (b) a semipermeable membrane with at least one delivery port, which encapsulates the core.
- the semipermeable membrane controls the influx of water to the core from an aqueous environment of use so as to cause drug release by extrusion through the delivery port (s) .
- the core of the osmotic device optionally includes an osmotic agent, which creates a driving force for transport of water from the environment of use into the core of the device.
- an osmotic agent is water-swellable hydrophilic polymers, which are also referred to as “osmopolymers” and “hydrogels.
- Suitable water-swellable hydrophilic polymers as osmotic agents include, but are not limited to, hydrophilic vinyl and acrylic polymers, polysaccharides such as calcium alginate, polyethylene oxide (PEO) , polyethylene glycol (PEG) , polypropylene glycol (PPG) , poly (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) , poly (acrylic) acid, poly (methacrylic) acid, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) , crosslinked PVP, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) , PVA/PVP copolymers, PVA/PVP copolymers with hydrophobic monomers such as methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate, hydrophilic polyurethanes containing large PEO blocks, sodium croscarmellose, carrageenan, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) , hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC) , hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC) , carboxymethyl me
- osmogens which are capable of imbibing water to affect an osmotic pressure gradient across the barrier of the surrounding coating.
- Suitable osmogens include, but are not limited to, inorganic salts, such as magnesium sulfate, magnesium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium chloride, lithium chloride, potassium sulfate, potassium phosphates, sodium carbonate, sodium sulfite, lithium sulfate, potassium chloride, and sodium sulfate; sugars, such as dextrose, fructose, glucose, inositol, lactose, maltose, mannitol, raffinose, sorbitol, sucrose, trehalose, and xylitol; organic acids, such as ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, maleic acid, sebacic acid, sorbic acid, adipic acid, edetic acid, gluta
- Osmotic agents of different dissolution rates can be employed to influence how rapidly the active ingredient (s) is initially delivered from the dosage form.
- amorphous sugars such as MANNOGEM TM EZ can be used to provide faster delivery during the first couple of hours to promptly produce the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release of the remaining amount to maintain the desired level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time.
- the active ingredient (s) is released at such a rate to replace the amount of the active ingredient metabolized and excreted.
- the core can also include a wide variety of other excipients and carriers as described herein to enhance the performance of the dosage form or to promote stability or processing.
- Materials useful in forming the semipermeable membrane include various grades of acrylics, vinyls, ethers, polyamides, polyesters, and cellulosic derivatives that are water-permeable and water-insoluble at physiologically relevant pHs or are susceptible to being rendered water-insoluble by chemical alteration, such as crosslinking.
- Suitable polymers useful in forming the coating include plasticized, unplasticized, and reinforced cellulose acetate (CA) , cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, CA propionate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) , CA ethyl carbamate, CAP, CA methyl carbamate, CA succinate, cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT) , CA dimethylaminoacetate, CA ethyl carbonate, CA chloroacetate, CA ethyl oxalate, CA methyl sulfonate, CA butyl sulfonate, CA p-toluene sulfonate, agar acetate, amylose triacetate, beta glucan acetate, beta glucan triacetate, acetaldehyde dimethyl acetate, triacetate of locust bean gum, hydroxylated ethylene-vinylacetate, EC, PEG, PPG, P
- Semipermeable membrane can also be a hydrophobic microporous membrane, wherein the pores are substantially filled with a gas and are not wetted by the aqueous medium but are permeable to water vapor, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,798,119.
- Such hydrophobic but water-vapor permeable membrane are typically composed of hydrophobic polymers such as polyalkenes, polyethylene, polypropylene, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyacrylic acid derivatives, polyethers, polysulfones, polyethersulfones, polystyrenes, polyvinyl halides, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl esters and ethers, natural waxes, and synthetic waxes.
- the delivery port (s) on the semipermeable membrane can be formed post-coating by mechanical or laser drilling. Delivery port (s) can also be formed in situ by erosion of a plug of water-soluble material or by rupture of a thinner portion of the membrane over an indentation in the core. In addition, delivery ports can be formed during coating process, as in the case of asymmetric membrane coatings of the type disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,612,059 and 5,698,220.
- the total amount of the active ingredient (s) released and the release rate can substantially be modulated via the thickness and porosity of the semipermeable membrane, the composition of the core, and the number, size, and position of the delivery ports.
- the pharmaceutical composition in an osmotic controlled-release dosage form can further comprise additional conventional excipients or carriers as described herein to promote performance or processing of the formulation.
- the osmotic controlled-release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra; Santus and Baker, J. Controlled Release, 1995, 35, 1-21; Verma et al., Drug Dev. Ind. Pharm., 2000, 26, 695-708; Verma et al., J. Controlled Release, 2002, 79, 7-27.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated as an AMT controlled-release dosage form, which comprises an asymmetric osmotic membrane that coats a core comprising the active ingredient (s) and other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
- AMT controlled-release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, dry granulation, wet granulation, and a dip-coating method.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated as an ESC controlled-release dosage form, which comprises an osmotic membrane that coats a core comprising the active ingredient (s) , a hydroxyethyl cellulose, and other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated as a multiparticulate controlled release device, which comprises a multiplicity of particles, granules, or pellets, ranging from about 10 ⁇ m to about 3 mm, about 50 ⁇ m to about 2.5 mm, or from about 100 ⁇ m to about 1 mm in diameter.
- Such multiparticulates can be made by the processes known to those skilled in the art, including wet-and dry-granulation, extrusion/spheronization, roller-compaction, melt-congealing, and by spray-coating seed cores.
- excipients or carriers as described herein can be blended with the pharmaceutical composition to aid in processing and forming the multiparticulates.
- the resulting particles can themselves constitute the multiparticulate device or can be coated by various film-forming materials, such as enteric polymers, water-swellable, and water-soluble polymers.
- the multiparticulates can be further processed as a capsule or a tablet.
- compositions provided herein can also be formulated to be targeted to a particular tissue, receptor, or other area of the body of the subject to be treated, including liposome-, resealed erythrocyte-, and antibody-based delivery systems.
- examples include, but are not limited to, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,316,652; 6,274,552; 6,271,359; 6,253,872; 6,139,865; 6,131,570; 6,120,751; 6,071,495; 6,060,082; 6,048,736; 6,039,975; 6,004,534; 5,985,307; 5,972,366; 5,900,252; 5,840,674; 5,759,542; and 5,709,874.
- a method of labeling a cell with a functional group comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
- a compound provided herein e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer
- a method of labeling a cell surface with a functional group comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
- a compound provided herein e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more
- the functional group is a group for click chemistry.
- the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase (ALDH) overexpressed cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1 (ALDHA1) overexpressed cell.
- ADH aldehyde dehydrogenase
- ALDHA1 aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1
- the cell is a cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDH overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDHA1 overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is a cancer stem-like cell (CSC) .
- CSC cancer stem-like cell
- the subject is a mammal. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human.
- the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 50 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 25 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 20 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 15 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg/day, or from about 0.1 to about 5 mg/kg/day.
- the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg/day.
- the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 50 mg/kg/day.
- the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 25 mg/kg/day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 20 mg/kg/day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 15 mg/kg/day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg/day. In still another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 5 mg/kg/day.
- the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 1,000 mg per day, from about 1 to about 500 mg per day, from about 1 to about 200 mg per day, or from about 1 to about 100 mg per day. In one embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 1,000 mg per day. In another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 500 mg per day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 200 mg per day. In still another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 100 mg per day.
- a compound provided herein may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracisternal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant) , inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration.
- parenteral e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracisternal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant
- inhalation nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration.
- a compound provided herein may be formulated in suitable dosage unit with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, appropriate for each route of administration.
- a compound provided herein is administered orally. In another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered parenterally. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered intravenously. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered intramuscularly. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered subcutaneously. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered topically. In still another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered by topical instillation.
- a compound provided herein can be delivered as a single dose, such as, e.g., a single bolus injection, or oral tablets or pills; or over time, such as, e.g., continuous infusion over time or divided bolus doses over time.
- a compound provided herein can be administered repetitively, if necessary, for example, until the subject experiences stable disease or regression, or until the subject experience’s disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.
- a compound provided herein can be administered once daily (QD) or divided into multiple daily doses such as twice daily (BID) , and three times daily (TID) .
- the administration can be continuous, i.e., every day, or intermittently.
- the term “intermittent” or “intermittently” as used herein is intended to mean stopping and starting at either regular or irregular intervals.
- intermittent administration of a compound provided herein is administration for one to six days per week, administration in cycles (e.g., daily administration for two to eight consecutive weeks, then a rest period with no administration for up to one week) , or administration on alternate days.
- a compound provided herein can also be combined or used in combination with a therapeutic agent useful in the treatment and/or prevention of a condition, disorder, or disease provided herein.
- the term “in combination” includes the use of more than one therapy (e.g., one or more prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents) .
- the use of the term “in combination” does not restrict the order in which therapies (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents) are administered to a subject with a condition, disorder, or disease.
- a first therapy e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent such as a compound provided herein
- a first therapy can be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 50 minutes, 65 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 6 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 26 hours, 68 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before) , concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 50 minutes, 65 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 26 hours, 68 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) to the subject.
- a second therapy e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent
- the route of administration of a compound provided herein is independent of the route of administration of a second therapy.
- a compound provided herein is administered orally.
- a compound provided herein is administered intravenously.
- a compound provided herein is administered topically.
- a compound provided herein is administered orally, intravenously, or topically, and the second therapy can be administered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraocularly, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, intrathecally, topically, or in a slow release dosage form.
- a compound provided herein and a second therapy are administered by the same mode of administration, topically.
- a compound provided herein is administered by one mode of administration, e.g., topically, whereas the second agent (an anticancer agent) is administered by another mode of administration, e.g., orally.
- a method of labeling a cell with a functional group comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
- a compound provided herein e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers
- a method of labeling a cell surface with a functional group comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
- a compound provided herein e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I)
- an enantiomer e.g., a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more t
- the functional group is a group for click chemistry.
- the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase (ALDH) overexpressed cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1 (ALDHA1) overexpressed cell.
- ADH aldehyde dehydrogenase
- ALDHA1 aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1
- the cell is a cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDH overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDHA1 overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is a cancer stem-like cell (CSC) .
- CSC cancer stem-like cell
- a compound provided herein can also be provided as an article of manufacture using packaging materials well known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,525,907; 5,052,558; and 5,055,252.
- packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment.
- kits which, when used by a medical practitioner, can simplify the administration of an appropriate amount of a compound provided herein as an active ingredient to a subject.
- the kit provided herein includes a container and a dosage form of a compound provided herein.
- Kits provided herein can further include devices that are used to administer the active ingredients. Examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, syringes, needle-less injectors drip bags, patches, and inhalers. The kits provided herein can also include condoms for administration of the active ingredients.
- Kits provided herein can further include pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles that can be used to administer one or more active ingredients.
- the kit can comprise a sealed container of a suitable vehicle in which the active ingredient can be dissolved to form a particulate-free sterile solution that is suitable for parenteral administration.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to: aqueous vehicles, including, but not limited to, water for injection USP, sodium chloride injection, Ringer’s injection, dextrose injection, dextrose and sodium chloride injection, and lactated Ringer’s injection; water-miscible vehicles, including, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles, including, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
- aqueous vehicles including, but not limited to, water for injection USP, sodium chloride injection, Ringer’s injection, dextrose injection, dextrose and sodium chloride injection, and lactated Ringer’s injection
- water-miscible vehicles including, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene
- g grams
- mg milligrams
- mL milliliters
- ⁇ L microliters
- mM millimolar
- ⁇ M micromolar
- mmol millimoles
- min minute or minutes
- h hour or hours
- Ac acetyl
- Ac 2 O acetic anhydride
- ACN acetonitrile
- DCM diichloro-methane
- DIEA N, N-diisopropylethylamine
- DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
- DMF dimethylformamide
- DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
- EtOAc ethyl acetate
- EtOH ethanol
- HATU hexafluorophosphate azabenzo
- reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight, followed by addition of H 2 O (3 mL) and NaN 3 (2.41 g, 37.1 mmol) . After stirring overnight at 65 °C, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, and resuspended in pyridine (15 mL) . DMAP (114 mg, 0.93 mmol) and Ac 2 O (7.58 g, 7 mL, 74.2 mmol) was added at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then quenched with MeOH. After concentration, the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed successively with 1M HCl, brine, and aq. sat. NaHCO 3 .
- AAMCHO A1 Activation of AAMCHO A1 was assessed using 20 units of each ALDH isoform, including ALDH1A1, ALDH1A3, ALDH2, ALDH4A1, and ALDH5A1. All enzymatic reactions were performed in 50 mM triethanolamine buffer (pH 7.4) with 2.5 mM NAD + and 5%v/v DMSO in a 1 mL quartz cuvette at room temperature. Before measurement, AAMCHO A1 (1 ⁇ M) was added to an HPLC vial. At the designated time points, an aliquot (100 ⁇ L) was taken out and quenched by MeOH (100 ⁇ L) and ACN (300 ⁇ L) .
- DBCO-Cy5 was obtained from Click Chemistry Tools. All scans were normalized to the signal from AAMCHO A1 in 50 mM TEA and 2.5 mM NAD + (without enzyme) . The results are shown in FIGS. 2 and 3. AAMCHO A1 was rapidly degraded by ALDH1A1. The formation of AM and 2-ethyl maleic anhydride were detected and quantified by HPLC-UV and LC-MS, respectively.
- ALDH1A1 inhibitor DEAB significantly slowed down the degradation of AAMCHO A1, while incubation with other ALDH isoforms (ALDH2, ALDH1A3, ALDH4A1, and ALDH5A1) resulted in limited degradation of AAMCHO A1.
- Mammospheres from MDA-MB-231 cells were performed as described previously. Eirew et al., Nat. Med. 2008, 14, 1384-9; Shaw et al., J. Mammary Gland Biol. Neoplasia 2012, 17, 111-7; the disclosure of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- mammospheres were treated with 10 %FBS and full DMEM media to allow differentiation over 36 h. Before in vivo inoculation, the CSC or non-CSC single cell suspension was prepared by gently treating the mammospheres with trypsin and pipetting.
- An MDA-MB-231 xenograft in athymic nude mice was established via subcutaneous inoculation of CSC and non-CSC mammospheres (10 5 cells in 50 ⁇ L HBSS) into the left and right flanks, respectively. From Day 7 post tumor inoculation, AAMCHO A1 (60 mg/kg) , Ac 4 ManAz 1.2 (40 mg/kg) , or PBS was intravenously injected once daily for three days, followed by intravenously injection of DBCO-Cy5 (5 mg/kg) on Day 10 for the detection of azido-labeled cells. Ac 4 ManAz was used as a positive control and PBS was used as a negative control.
- the tissue-bounded azido sialic acids were extracted and quantified by HPLC after derivation via a Cu (I) catalyzed click reaction with a coumarin-alkyne.
- the tissues were homogenized with a mechanical disruptor and then disrupted by a ultrasonicator with a lysis buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, 1%SDS, pH 7.4) .
- the protein concentration of each sample was quantified with the standard BCA protocol.
- a lysate (90 ⁇ L) was mixed with acetic acid (10 ⁇ L) and then heated at 80 °C for 3 h.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Provided herein are ALDH-activable monosaccharides, e.g., a compound of Formula (A), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. Also provided herein are methods of their use for cell labeling for diagnostic and/or therapeutic applications.
Description
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of the priority of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/519,834, filed August 15, 2023; the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Provided herein are ALDH-activable monosaccharides and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. Also provided herein are methods of their use for cell labeling for diagnostic and/or therapeutic applications.
Glycosylation is an enzymatic process responsible for the attachment of a glycan to a glycosyl acceptor, e.g., a cell surface protein. Reily et al., Nat. Rev. Nephrol. 2019, 15, 346-66. Glycosylation is critical for physiological and pathological cellular functions. Id. Alternation in glycosylation has been identified in almost every type of cancer and has a major impact on cancer progression, tumor immunity, and clinical outcome. Hauselmann and Borsig, Front. Oncol. 2014, 4, 28; Stowell et al., Annu. Rev. Pathol.: Mech. Dis. 2015, 10, 473-510; Pin and Reis, Nat. Rev. Cancer 2015, 15, 540-55; Munkley and Elliott, Oncotarget 2016, 7, 35478-89; Reily et al., Nat. Rev. Nephrol. 2019, 15, 346-66.
Metabolic glycoengineering is a technique for introducing an unnatural sugar into a cellular glycan. Prescher et al., Nature 2004, 430, 873-7; Agatemor et al., Nat. Rev. Chem. 2019, 3, 605-20; Wang and Mooney, Nat. Chem. 2020, 12, 1102-14. Metabolic glycol-engineering takes advantage of cellular carbohydrate metabolism to tag a cell with a chemical reporter. Id. The chemical reporter (e.g., azido) expressed on the cell surface can then be utilized for in vivo imaging or targeted drug delivery via bioorthogonal chemistry. Laughlin et
al., Science 2008, 320, 664-7; Sletten and Bertozzi, Acc. Chem. Res. 2011, 44, 666-76; Wang et al., Nat. Chem. Biol. 2017, 13, 415; Wang and Mooney, Nat. Chem. 2020, 12, 1102-14.
Aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1 (ALDH1A1) is an evolutionarily conserved intracellular enzyme that is generally overexpressed by tumorigenic cancer-stem-like cells (CSCs) , a cancer cell subpopulation capable of self-renewal and differentiation and contributes to drug resistance, metastasis, and relapse. Dagogo-Jack and Shaw, Nat. Rev. Clin. Oncol. 2018, 15, 81-94. As an oncogenic factor, ALDH1A1 plays important roles in the promotion of DNA repair and induction of drug resistance. Ginestier et al., Cell Stem Cell 2007, 1, 555-67. Overexpression of ALDH1A1 in breast, colon, lung, ovarian, and prostate cancer CSCs are correlated to a poor prognosis. Li et al., Lab. Invest. 2010, 90, 234-44; Landen et al., Mol. Cancer Ther. 2010, 9, 3186-99; Kahlert et al., Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2012, 19, 4193-201; Huang et al., Cancer Lett. 2013, 328, 144-51; Liu et al., BMC Cancer 2014, 14, 444. There is a consensus that targeted therapeutics capable of ablating CSC could contribute to the more effective treatment of cancers. Batlle and Clevers, Nat. Med, 2017, 23, 1124-34. However, humans have over 18 aldehyde dehydrogenase isoforms, many of which share a similar substrate scope with ALDH1A1. Vasiliou and Nebert, Hum. Genomics 2005, 2, 138-43. Thus, it is challenging to selectively target ALDH1A1 while sparing other ALDH isoforms commonly found in normal tissues.
Despite the advances in cancer diagnosis and treatment, cancer remains a major worldwide public health problem. Wang and Mooney, Nat. Chem. 2020, 12, 1102-14. It was estimated that there will be 1, 958, 310 new cancer cases diagnosed and 609, 820 cancer deaths in the US alone in 2023. Cancer Facts &Figures 2023. Therefore, there is a need for an effective method and therapy for cancer diagnosis and treatment. Batlle and Clevers, Nat. Med, 2017, 23, 1124-34; Bargahi et al., Biol. Proced. Online 2022, 24, 5.
SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE
Provided herein is a compound of Formula (A) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
R1 is hydrogen or deuterium;
R2 and R3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, –OC (O) NR1bR1c, –OC (O) SR1a, –OC (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –OC (S) R1a, –OC (S) OR1a, –OC (S) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) R1a, –OS (O) 2R1a, –OS (O) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) R1d, –NR1aC (O) OR1d, –NR1aC (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) SR1d, –NR1aC (NR1d) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (S) R1d, –NR1aC (S) OR1d, –NR1aC (S) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) R1d, –NR1aS (O) 2R1d, –NR1aS (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –SR1a, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R4 and R5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-
6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R6 and R7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, or –OC (O) NR1bR1c; and R8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, or –C (O) NR1bR1c; or R6 and R7 or R7 and R8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
A is a bond, O, or N (R1b) ;
E is hydrogen, azido, halo, isocyano, –C=C (R1a) R1a, –C≡CR1a,
–C (O) R1a, or –SH;
L is C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, C3-10 cycloalkylene, C6-14 arylene, C7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene; and
each R1a, R1b, R1c, and R1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-30 alkyl, C1-30 heteroalkyl, C2-30 alkenyl, C2-30 alkynyl, C3-30 cycloalkyl, C6-30 aryl, C7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
wherein each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene,
alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; and (c) –C (O) Ra, –C (O) ORa, –C (O) NRbRc, –C (O) SRa, –C (NRa) NRbRc, –C (S) Ra, –C (S) ORa, –C (S) NRbRc, –ORa, –OC (O) Ra, –OC (O) ORa, –OC (O) NRbRc, –OC (O) SRa, –OC (NRa) NRbRc, –OC (S) Ra, –OC (S) ORa, –OC (S) NRbRc, –OP (O) (ORb) ORc, –OS (O) Ra, –OS (O) 2Ra, –OS (O) NRbRc, –OS (O) 2NRbRc, –NRbRc, –NRaC (O) Rd, –NRaC (O) ORd, –NRaC (O) NRbRc, –NRaC (O) SRd, –NRaC (NRd) NRbRc, –NRaC (S) Rd, –NRaC (S) ORd, –NRaC (S) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) Rd, –NRaS (O) 2Rd, –NRaS (O) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) 2NRbRc, –SRa, –S (O) Ra, –S (O) 2Ra, –S (O) NRbRc, and –S (O) 2NRbRc, wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; or (iii) Rb and Rc together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa;
wherein each Qa is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) Re, –C (O) ORe, –C (O) NRfRg, –C (O) SRe, –C (NRe) NRfRg, –C (S) Re, –C (S) ORe, –C (S) NRfRg, –ORe, –OC (O) Re, –OC (O) ORe, –OC (O) NRfRg, –OC (O) SRe, –OC (NRe) NRfRg, –OC (S) Re, –OC (S) ORe, –OC (S) NRfRg, –OP (O) (ORf) ORg, –OS (O) Re, –OS (O) 2Re, –OS (O) NRfRg, –OS (O) 2NRfRg, –NRfRg, –NReC (O) Rh, –NReC (O) ORf, –NReC (O) NRfRg, –NReC (O) SRf, –NReC (NRh) NRfRg, –NReC (S) Rh, –NReC (S) ORf, –NReC (S) NRfRg, –NReS (O) Rh, –N=S (O) ReRh, –NReS (O) 2Rh, –NReS (O) NRfRg, –NReS (O) 2NRfRg, –SRe, –S (O) Re, –S (O) 2Re, –S (O) NRfRg, and –S (O) 2NRfRg; wherein each Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) Rf and Rg together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
Also provided herein is a compound of Formula (I) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
R1 is hydrogen or deuterium;
R2 and R3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, –OC (O) NR1bR1c, –OC (O) SR1a, –OC (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –OC (S) R1a, –OC (S) OR1a, –OC (S) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) R1a, –OS (O) 2R1a, –OS (O) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) R1d, –NR1aC (O) OR1d, –NR1aC (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) SR1d, –NR1aC (NR1d) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (S) R1d, –NR1aC (S) OR1d, –NR1aC (S) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) R1d, –NR1aS (O) 2R1d, –NR1aS (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –SR1a, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R4 and R5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-
6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R6 and R7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, or –OC (O) NR1bR1c; and R8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, or –C (O) NR1bR1c; or R6 and R7 or R7 and R8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
A is a bond, O, or N (R1b) ;
E is hydrogen, azido, halo, isocyano, –C=C (R1a) R1a, –C≡CR1a,
–C (O) R1a, or –SH;
L is C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, C3-10 cycloalkylene, C6-14 arylene, C7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene; and
each R1a, R1b, R1c, and R1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-30 alkyl, C1-30 heteroalkyl, C2-30 alkenyl, C2-30 alkynyl, C3-30 cycloalkyl, C6-30 aryl, C7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
wherein each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; and (c) –C (O) Ra, –C (O) ORa, –C (O) NRbRc, –C (O) SRa, –C (NRa) NRbRc, –C (S) Ra, –C (S) ORa, –C (S) NRbRc, –ORa, –OC (O) Ra, –OC (O) ORa, –OC (O) NRbRc, –OC (O) SRa, –OC (NRa) NRbRc, –OC (S) Ra, –OC (S) ORa, –OC (S) NRbRc, –OP (O) (ORb) ORc, –OS (O) Ra, –OS (O) 2Ra, –OS (O) NRbRc, –OS (O) 2NRbRc, –NRbRc, –NRaC (O) Rd, –NRaC (O) ORd, –NRaC (O) NRbRc, –NRaC (O) SRd, –NRaC (NRd) NRbRc, –NRaC (S) Rd, –NRaC (S) ORd, –NRaC (S) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) Rd, –NRaS (O) 2Rd, –NRaS (O) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) 2NRbRc, –SRa, –S (O) Ra, –S (O) 2Ra, –S (O) NRbRc, and –S (O) 2NRbRc, wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; or (iii) Rb and Rc together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa;
wherein each Qa is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) Re, –C (O) ORe, –C (O) NRfRg, –C (O) SRe, –C (NRe) NRfRg, –C (S) Re, –C (S) ORe, –C (S) NRfRg, –ORe, –OC (O) Re, –OC (O) ORe, –OC (O) NRfRg, –OC (O) SRe, –OC (NRe) NRfRg, –OC (S) Re, –OC (S) ORe, –OC (S) NRfRg, –OP (O) (ORf) ORg, –OS (O) Re, –OS (O) 2Re, –OS (O) NRfRg, –OS (O) 2NRfRg, –NRfRg, –NReC (O) Rh,
–NReC (O) ORf, –NReC (O) NRfRg, –NReC (O) SRf, –NReC (NRh) NRfRg, –NReC (S) Rh, –NReC (S) ORf, –NReC (S) NRfRg, –NReS (O) Rh, –N=S (O) ReRh, –NReS (O) 2Rh, –NReS (O) NRfRg, –NReS (O) 2NRfRg, –SRe, –S (O) Re, –S (O) 2Re, –S (O) NRfRg, and –S (O) 2NRfRg; wherein each Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) Rf and Rg together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
Additionally, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
Furthermore, provided herein is a method of labeling a cell with a functional group (e.g., an azido group) in a subject, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
Provided herein is a method of labeling a cell with a functional group (e.g., an azido group) , comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
Provided herein is N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -2-amino-4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl) -2-azidoacetamide C1; (Z) -N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -3- (2-azidoacetamido) - 4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -2-ethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamide C2; or (Z) -3- ( ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -3- (2-azidoacetamido) -4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) carbamoyl) pent-2-enoic acid C3.
FIG. 1 illustrates a metabolic glycoengineering process of AAMCHO A1. AAMCHO A1 first hydrolyzes into AM-CHO by an intracellular esterase upon cell internalization (step 1) . Enzymatic conversion of the aldehyde group on AAMCHO A1 to a carboxylate group by an intracellular ALDH1A1 (step 2) enables the resultant maleic monoamide to spontaneously self-cyclize and releases a C1 amine-substituted azido-sugar (AM-NH2) with an anhydride byproduct (step 3) . AM-NH2 then undergoes rapid hydrolysis to afford metabolically active sugar, AM (step 4) , which is further processed through a series of cellular biosynthetic pathways (steps 6-9) to express an azido group on cell surface glycoproteins.
FIG. 2 shows the degradation kinetics of AAMCHO A1 in the presence of ALDH1A1.
FIG. 3 shows AAMCHO A1 degradation after incubation with various ALDH isotypes for 30 min. Statistical comparison was conducted between each group and the control group without an enzyme. The numerical data are presented as mean ± SD (0.01 < *P ≤ 0.05; and ****P ≤ 0.0001) . DEAB (4-diethylaminobenzaldehyde) is an ALDH1A1 inhibitor.
FIG. 4 shows a timeframe for an in vivo cell labeling study. Mice were subcutaneously inoculated with CSC or non-CSC on the left and right flank, respectively, followed by intravenous injection of AAMCHO A1 on Days 7-9 and DBCO-Cy5 on Day 10.
FIG. 5 shows the mean Cy5 fluorescence intensities of tumor tissues at 24 h post-injection of DBCO-Cy5. The numerical data are presented as mean ± SD.
FIG. 6 shows the quantification of extracted azido-labeled sialic acid (Neu5NAz) in different tissues. The numerical data are presented as mean ± SD (0.01 < *P ≤ 0.05; 0.001 <**P ≤ 0.01; and 0.0001 < ***P ≤ 0.001) .
To facilitate understanding of the disclosure set forth herein, a number of terms are defined below.
Generally, the nomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures in organic chemistry, medicinal chemistry, biochemistry, biology, and pharmacology described herein are those well-known and commonly employed in the art. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein generally have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs.
The term “subject” refers to an animal, including, but not limited to, a primate (e.g., human) , cow, pig, sheep, goat, horse, dog, cat, rabbit, rat, or mouse. The terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably herein in reference, for example, to a mammalian subject, such as a human subject. In one embodiment, the subject is a human.
The term “contacting” or “contact” is meant to refer to bringing together of a therapeutic agent and a biological molecule (e.g., a protein, enzyme, RNA, or DNA) , cell, or tissue such that a physiological and/or chemical effect takes place as a result of such contact. Contacting can take place in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo. In one embodiment, a therapeutic agent is contacted with a biological molecule in vitro to determine the effect of the therapeutic agent on the biological molecule. In another embodiment, a therapeutic agent is contacted with a cell in cell culture (in vitro) to determine the effect of the therapeutic agent on the cell. In yet another embodiment, the contacting of a therapeutic agent with a biological molecule, cell, or tissue includes the administration of a therapeutic agent to a subject having the biological molecule, cell, or tissue to be contacted.
The term “therapeutically effective amount” or “effective amount” is meant to include the amount of a compound that, when administered, is sufficient to prevent development of, or alleviate to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of the disorder, disease, or condition being treated. The term “therapeutically effective amount” or “effective amount” also refers to the amount of a compound that is sufficient to elicit a biological or medical response of a biological molecule (e.g., a protein, enzyme, RNA, or DNA) , cell, tissue, system, animal, or human, which is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or clinician.
The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, ” “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, ” “physiologically acceptable carrier, ” or “physiologically acceptable excipient” refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler,
diluent, solvent, or encapsulating material. In one embodiment, each component is “pharmaceutically acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a pharmaceutical formulation, and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of a subject (e.g., a human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, and commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 23rd ed.; Adejare Ed.; Academic Press, 2020; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 9th ed.; Sheskey et al., Eds.; Pharmaceutical Press, 2020; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives, 3rd ed.; Ash and Ash Eds.; Synapse Information Resources, 2007; Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation, 2nd ed.; Gibson Ed.; CRC Press, 2009.
The term “about” or “approximately” means an acceptable error for a particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which depends in part on how the value is measured or determined. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 1, 2, or 3 standard deviations. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, or 0.05%of a given value or range.
The term “alkyl” refers to a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C1-6 alkyl refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkyl is a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C1-30) , 1 to 20 (C1-20) , 1 to 15 (C1-15) , 1 to 10 (C1-10) , or 1 to 6 (C1-6) carbon atoms, or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C3-30) , 3 to 20 (C3-20) , 3 to 15 (C3-15) , 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. As used herein, linear C1-6 and branched C3-6 alkyl groups are also referred as “lower alkyl. ” Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl) , butyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl) , pentyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, neopentyl, and tert-pentyl) , and hexyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., n-hexyl, isohexyl, and sec-hexyl) .
The terms “alkylene” and “alkanediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the alkanediyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C1-6 alkanediyl refers to a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkanediyl is a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C1-30) , 1 to 20 (C1-20) , 1 to 15 (C1-15) , 1 to 10 (C1-10) , or 1 to 6 (C1-6) carbon atoms, or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C3-30) , 3 to 20 (C3-20) , 3 to 15 (C3-15) , 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. As used herein, linear C1-6 and branched C3-6 alkanediyl groups are also referred as “lower alkanediyl. ” Examples of alkanediyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanediyl, ethanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., ethane-1, 1-diyl and ethane-1, 2-diyl) , propanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., propane-1, 1-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, and propane-1, 3-diyl) , butanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., butane-1, 1-diyl, butane-1, 2-diyl, butane-1, 3-diyl, and butane-1, 4-diyl) , pentanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., pentane-1, 1-diyl, pentane-1, 2-diyl, pentane-1, 3-diyl, and pentane-1, 5-diyl) , and hexanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., hexane-1, 1-diyl, hexane-1, 2-diyl, hexane-1, 3-diyl, and hexane-1, 6-diyl) . Examples of substituted alkanediyl groups include, but are not limited to,–C (O) CH2–, –C (O) (CH2) 2–, –C (O) (CH2) 3–, –C (O) (CH2) 4–, –C (O) (CH2) 5–, –C (O) (CH2) 6–, –C (O) (CH2) 7–, –C (O) (CH2) 8–, –C (O) (CH2) 9–, –C (O) (CH2) 10–, –C (O) CH2C (O) –, –C (O) (CH2) 2C (O) –, –C (O) (CH2) 3C (O) –, –C (O) (CH2) 4C (O) –, or –C (O) (CH2) 5C (O) –.
The term “heteroalkyl” refers to a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that contains one or more heteroatoms on its main chain, each independently selected from O, S, and N. The heteroalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C1-6 heteroalkyl refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl is a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C1-30) , 1 to 20 (C1-20) , 1 to 15 (C1-15) , 1 to 10 (C1-10) , or 1 to 6 (C1-6) carbon atoms, or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C3-30) , 3 to 20 (C3-20) , 3 to 15 (C3-15) , 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. As used herein, linear C1-6 and branched C3-6 heteroalkyl groups are also referred as “lower heteroalkyl. ” Examples of heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, –OCH3,
–OCH2CH3, –CH2OCH3, –NHCH3, –ONHCH3, –NHOCH3, –SCH3, –CH2NHCH2CH3, and –NHCH2CH2CH3. Examples of substituted heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, –CH2NHC (O) CH3 and –NHC (O) CH2CH3.
The terms “heteroalkylene” and “heteroalkanediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical that contains one or more heteroatoms in its main chain, each independently selected from O, S, and N. The heteroalkylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C1-6 heteroalkylene refers to a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkylene is a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 30 (C1-30) , 1 to 20 (C1-20) , 1 to 15 (C1-15) , 1 to 10 (C1-10) , or 1 to 6 (C1-6) carbon atoms or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C3-30) , 3 to 20 (C3-20) , 3 to 15 (C3-15) , 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. As used herein, linear C1-6 and branched C3-6 heteroalkylene groups are also referred as “lower heteroalkylene. ” Examples of heteroalkylene groups include, but are not limited to, –CH2O–, –CH2CH2O–, –CH2CH2CH2O–, – (CH2) 4O–, – (CH2) 5O–, – (CH2) 6O–, – (CH2) 7O–, – (CH2) 8O–, – (CH2) 9O–, – (CH2) 10O–, –CH2OCH2–, –CH2CH2O–, – (CH2CH2O) 2–, – (CH2CH2O) 3–, – (CH2CH2O) 4–, – (CH2CH2O) 5–, –CH2NH–, –CH2NHCH2–, –CH2CH2NH–, –CH2CH2CH2NH–, – (CH2) 4NH–, –CH2S–, –CH2SCH2–, and –CH2CH2S–. Examples of substituted heteroalkylene groups include, but are not limited to, –C (O) CH2O–, –C (O) (CH2) 2O–, –C (O) CH2CH2CH2O–, –C (O) CH2CH2CH2CH2O–, –C (O) (CH2) 5O–, –C (O) (CH2) 6O–, –C (O) (CH2) 7O–, –C (O) (CH2) 8O–, –C (O) (CH2) 9O–, –C (O) (CH2) 10O–, –C (O) CH2OCH2CH2O–, –C (O) CH2O (CH2CH2O) 2–, –C (O) CH2O- (CH2-CH2O) 3–, –C (O) CH2O (CH2CH2O) 4, –C (O) CH2O (CH2CH2O) 5–, –CH2NHC (O) CH2–, –CH2CH2C (O) NH–, –CH2N (CH3) –, – (CH2) 2N (CH3) –, – (CH2) 3N (CH3) –, or – (CH2) 4N (CH3) –.
The term “alkenyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon double bond (s) . The alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. The term “alkenyl” embraces radicals having a “cis” or “trans” configuration or a mixture thereof, or alternatively, a “Z” or “E” configuration or a mixture thereof, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, C2-6 alkenyl
refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C2-30) , 2 to 20 (C2-20) , 2 to 15 (C2-15) , 2 to 10 (C2-10) , or 2 to 6 (C2-6) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C3-30) , 3 to 20 (C3-20) , 3 to 15 (C3-15) , 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or 3 to 6 (C3-
6) carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., propen-1-yl, propen-2-yl, and allyl) , and butenyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., buten-1-yl, buten-2-yl, buten-3-yl, and 2-buten-1-yl) .
The terms “alkenylene” and “alkenediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon double bond (s) . The alkenediyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. The term “alkenediyl” embraces radicals having a “cis” or “trans” configuration or a mixture thereof, or alternatively, a “Z” or “E” configuration or a mixture thereof, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, C2-6 alkenediyl refers to a linear unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkenediyl is a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C2-30) , 2 to 20 (C2-20) , 2 to 15 (C2-15) , 2 to 10 (C2-10) , or 2 to 6 (C2-6) carbon atoms, or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 30 (C3-30) , 3 to 20 (C3-20) , 3 to 15 (C3-15) , 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or 3 to 6 (C3-6) carbon atoms. Examples of alkenediyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., ethene-1, 1-diyl and ethene-1, 2-diyl) , propenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-propene-1, 1-diyl, 1-propene-1, 2-diyl, and 1-propene-1, 3-diyl) , butenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-butene-1, 1-diyl, 1-butene-1, 2-diyl, and 1-butene-1, 4-diyl) , pentenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-pentene-1, 1-diyl, 1-pentene-1, 2-diyl, and 1-pentene-1, 5-diyl) , and hexenediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-hexene-1, 1-diyl, 1-hexene-1, 2-diyl, 1-hexene-1, 3-diyl, 1-hexene-1, 4-diyl, 1-hexene-1, 5-diyl, and 1-hexene-1, 6-diyl) .
The term “alkynyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon triple bond (s) . An alkynyl group does not contain a carbon-carbon double
bond. The alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C2-6 alkynyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C2-30) , 2 to 20 (C2-20) , 2 to 15 (C2-15) , 2 to 10 (C2-10) , or 2 to 6 (C2-6) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 30 (C4-30) , 4 to 20 (C4-20) , 4 to 15 (C4-15) , 4 to 10 (C4-10) , or 4 to 6 (C4-6) carbon atoms. Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (–C≡CH) , propynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-propynyl (–C≡CCH3) and propargyl (–CH2C≡CH) ) , butynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-butyn-1-yl and 2-butyn-1-yl) , pentynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-pentyn-1-yl and 1-methyl-2-butyn-1-yl) , and hexynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-hexyn-1-yl and 2-hexyn-1-yl) .
The terms “alkynylene” and “alkynediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon triple bond (s) . An alkynylene group does not contain a carbon-carbon double bond. The alkynediyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C2-6 alkynediyl refers to a linear unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkynediyl is a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 (C2-30) , 2 to 20 (C2-20) , 2 to 15 (C2-15) , 2 to 10 (C2-10) , or 2 to 6 (C2-6) carbon atoms, or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of 4 to 30 (C4-30) , 4 to 20 (C4-20) , 4 to 15 (C4-15) , 4 to 10 (C4-10) , or 4 to 6 (C4-
6) carbon atoms. Examples of alkynediyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynediyl, propynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-propyne-1, 3-diyl and 1-propyne-3, 3-diyl) , butynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-butyne-1, 3-diyl, 1-butyne-1, 4-diyl, and 2-butyne-1, 1-diyl) , pentynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-pentyne-1, 3-diyl, 1-pentyne-1, 4-diyl, and 2-pentyne-1, 1-diyl) , and hexynediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-hexyne-1, 3-diyl, 1-hexyne-1, 4-diyl, and 2-hexyne-1, 1-diyl) .
The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. In one embodiment,
the cycloalkyl is a saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic, and/or bridged or non-bridged, and/or fused bicyclic group. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 (C3-30) , from 3 to 20 (C3-20) , from 3 to 15 (C3-15) , from 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or from 3 to 7 (C3-7) carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl is monocyclic. In another embodiment, the cycloalkyl is bicyclic. In yet another embodiment, the cycloalkyl is tricyclic. In still another embodiment, the cycloalkyl is polycyclic. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentyl, bicyclo [2.1.1] hexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] -octyl, decalinyl, and adamantyl.
The terms “cycloalkylene” and “cycloalkanediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a cyclic divalent hydrocarbon radical, which may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. In one embodiment, cycloalkanediyl groups may be saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic, and/or bridged, and/or non-bridged, and/or fused bicyclic groups. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkanediyl has from 3 to 30 (C3-30) , 3 to 20 (C3-20) , from 3 to 15 (C3-15) , from 3 to 10 (C3-10) , or from 3 to 7 (C3-7) carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkanediyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclopropane-1, 1-diyl and cyclopropane-1, 2-diyl) , cyclobutanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclobutane-1, 1-diyl, cyclobutane-1, 2-diyl, and cyclobutane-1, 3-diyl) , cyclopentanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclopentane-1, 1-diyl, cyclopentane-1, 2-diyl, and cyclopentane-1, 3-diyl) , cyclohexanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cyclohexane-1, 1-diyl, cyclohexane-1, 2-diyl, cyclohexane-1, 3-diyl, and cyclohex-1, 4-diyl) , cycloheptanediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., cycloheptane-1, 1-diyl, cycloheptane-1, 2-diyl, cycloheptane-1, 3-diyl, and cycloheptane-1, 4-diyl) , decalinediyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., decaline-1, 1-diyl, decaline-1, 2-diyl, and decaline-1, 8-diyl) , and adamantdiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., adamant-1, 2-diyl, adamant-1, 3-diyl, and adamant-1, 8-diyl) .
The term “aryl” refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical and/or monovalent polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical that contain at least one aromatic carbon ring. In certain embodiments, the aryl has from 6 to 30 (C6-30) , from 6 to 20 (C6-20) , from 6 to 15 (C6-15) , or from 6 to 10 (C6-10) ring carbon atoms. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, biphenyl,
and terphenyl. The aryl also refers to bicyclic or tricyclic carbon rings, where one of the rings is aromatic and the others of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, for example, dihydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralinyl) . In one embodiment, the aryl is monocyclic. In another embodiment, the aryl is bicyclic. In yet another embodiment, the aryl is tricyclic. In still another embodiment, the aryl is polycyclic. In certain embodiments, the aryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The terms “arylene” and “arenediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a divalent monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical or divalent polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon radical that contains at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring. In certain embodiments, the arylene has from 6 to 30 (C6-30) , from 6 to 20 (C6-20) , from 6 to 15 (C6-15) , or from 6 to 10 (C6-10) ring atoms. Examples of arylene groups include, but are not limited to, phenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., phen-1, 2-diyl, phen-1, 3-diyl, and phen-1, 4-diyl) , naphthylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., naphth-1, 2-diyl, naphth-1, 3-diyl, and naphth-1, 8-diyl) , fluorenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., fluoren-1, 2-diyl, fluoren-1, 3-diyl, and fluoren-1, 8-diyl) , azulenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., azulen-1, 2-diyl, azulen-1, 3-diyl, and azulen-1, 8-diyl) , anthrylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., anthr-1, 2-diyl, anthr-1, 3-diyl, and anthr-1, 8-diyl) , phenanthrylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., phenanthr-1, 2-diyl, phenanthr-1, 3-diyl, and phenanthr-1, 8-diyl) , pyrenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., pyren-1, 2-diyl, pyren-1, 3-diyl, and pyren-1, 8-diyl) , biphenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., biphen-2, 3-diyl, biphen-3, 4’ -diyl, and biphen-4, 4’ -diyl) , and terphenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., terphen-2, 3-diyl, terphen-3, 4’ -diyl, and terphen-4, 4’ -diyl) . Arylene also refers to bicyclic or tricyclic carbon rings, where one of the rings is aromatic and the others of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, for example, dihydronaphthylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., dihydronaphth-1, 2-diyl and dihydronaphth-1, 8-diyl) , indenylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., inden-1, 2-diyl, inden-1, 5-diyl, and inden-1, 7-diyl) , indanylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., indan-1, 2-diyl, indan-1, 5-diyl, and indan-1, 7-diyl) , or tetrahydronaphthylene (tetralinylene) (including all isomeric forms, e.g., tetrahydronaphth-1, 2-diyl, tetrahydronaphth-1, 5-diyl, and tetrahydronaphth-1, 8-diyl) . In certain embodiments, arylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The term “aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups. In certain embodiments, the aralkyl has from 7 to 30 (C7-30) , from 7 to 20 (C7-20) , or from 7 to 16 (C7-16) carbon atoms. Examples of aralkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenylethyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-phenylethyl and 2-phenylethyl) , and phenylpropyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-phenylpropyl, 2-phenylpropyl, and 3-phenylpropyl) . In certain embodiments, the aralkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The term “aralkylene” or “arylalkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups. In certain embodiments, the aralkylene has from 7 to 30 (C7-30) , from 7 to 20 (C7-20) , or from 7 to 16 (C7-16) carbon atoms. Examples of aralkylene groups include, but are not limited to, benzylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., phenylmethdiyl) , phenylethylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 2-phenyl-ethan-1, 1-diyl and 2-phenyl-ethan-1, 2-diyl) , and phenylpropylene (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 3-phenyl-propan-1, 1-diyl, 3-phenyl-propan-1, 2-diyl, and 3-phenyl-propan-1, 3-diyl) . In certain embodiments, the aralkylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The term “heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic group or monovalent polycyclic aromatic group that contain at least one aromatic ring, wherein at least one aromatic ring contains one or more heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S, and N, in the ring. For a heteroaryl group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, the heteroaryl group is not bonded to the rest of a molecule through its nonaromatic heterocyclic ring. Each ring of a heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms; provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl is monocyclic. Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furanyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl. In another embodiment, the heteroaryl is bicyclic. Examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl,
benzopyranyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyrindyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., furo [2, 3-b] pyridinyl, furo [2, 3-c] pyridinyl, furo [3, 2-b] pyridinyl, furo [3, 2-c] pyridinyl, furo [3, 4-b] pyridinyl, and furo [3, 4-c] pyridinyl) , imidazopyridinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., imidazo [1, 2-a] pyridinyl, imidazo [4, 5-b] pyridinyl, and imidazo [4, 5-c] pyridinyl) , imidazothiazolyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., imidazo [2, 1-b] thiazolyl and imidazo [4, 5-d] thiazolyl) , indazolyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl (i.e., benzo [c] thienyl) , isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, naphthyridinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 5-naphthyridinyl, 1, 6-naphthyridinyl, 1, 7-naphthyridinyl, and 1, 8-naphthyridinyl) , oxazolopyridinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., oxazolo [4, 5-b] pyridinyl, oxazolo [4, 5-c] pyridinyl, oxazolo [5, 4-b] pyridinyl, and oxazolo [5, 4-c] pyridinyl) , phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolopyridyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridinyl, pyrrolo [2, 3-c] pyridinyl, pyrrolo [3, 2-b] pyridinyl, and pyrrolo [3, 2-c] pyridinyl) , quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, thiadiazolopyrimidyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., [1,2, 5] thiadiazolo [3, 4-d] pyrimidinyl and [1, 2, 3] thiadiazolo [4, 5-d] pyrimidinyl) , and thieno-pyridyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., thieno [2, 3-b] pyridinyl, thieno [2, 3-c] pyridinyl, thieno [3, 2-b] pyridinyl, and thieno [3, 2-c] pyridinyl) . In yet another embodiment, the heteroaryl is tricyclic. Examples of tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, benz-indolyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 5-phenanthrolinyl, 1, 6-phenanthrolinyl, 1, 7-phenanthrolinyl, 1, 9-phen-anthrolinyl, and 2, 10-phenanthrolinyl) , phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and xanthenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The terms “heteroarylene” and “heteroarenediyl” are used interchangeably herein in reference to a divalent monocyclic aromatic group or divalent polycyclic aromatic group that contains at least one aromatic ring, wherein at least one aromatic ring contains one or more heteroatoms in the ring, each of which is independently selected from O, S, and N. For a heteroarylene group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, the heteroarylene group is not bonded to the rest of a molecule via its nonaromatic heterocyclic ring. Each ring of a heteroarylene group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom. In certain embodiments, the heteroarylene has
from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms. Examples of monocyclic heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, furandiyl, imidazoldiyl, isothiazoldiyl, isoxazoldiyl, oxadiazoldiyl, oxazoldiyl, pyrazindiyl, pyrazoldiyl, pyridazindiyl, pyridindiyl, pyrimidindiyl, pyrroldiyl, thiadiazoldiyl, thiazoldiyl, thiendiyl, tetrazoldiyl, triazinediyl, and triazoldiyl. Examples of bicyclic heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, benzofurandiyl, benzimidazoldiyl, benzoisoxazoldiyl, benzopyrandiyl, benzothiadiazoldiyl, benzothiazoldiyl, benzothiendiyl, benzotriazoldiyl, benzoxazoldiyl, furopyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., furo [2, 3-b] pyridindiyl, furo [2, 3-c] pyridindiyl, furo [3, 2-b] pyridindiyl, furo [3, 2-c] -pyridindiyl, furo [3, 4-b] pyridindiyl, and furo [3, 4-c] pyridindiyl) , imidazopyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., imidazo [1, 2-a] pyridindiyl, imidazo [4, 5-b] pyridindiyl, and imidazo [4, 5-c] -pyridindiyl) , imidazothiazoldiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., imidazo [2, 1-b] thiazoldiyl and imidazo [4, 5-d] thiazoldiyl) , indazoldiyl, indolizindiyl, indoldiyl, isobenzofurandiyl, isobenzothiendiyl (i.e., benzo [c] thiendiyl) , isoindoldiyl, isoquinolindiyl, naphthyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 5-naphthyridindiyl, 1, 6-naphthyridindiyl, 1, 7-naphthyridindiyl, and 1, 8-naphthyridindiyl) , oxazolopyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., oxazolo [4, 5-b] pyridindiyl, oxazolo [4, 5-c] pyridindiyl, oxazolo [5, 4-b] pyridindiyl, and oxazolo [5, 4-c] pyridindiyl) , phthalazindiyl, pteridindiyl, purindiyl, pyrrolopyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridindiyl, pyrrolo [2, 3-c] pyridindiyl, pyrrolo [3, 2-b] -pyridindiyl, and pyrrolo [3, 2-c] pyridindiyl) , quinolindiyl, quinoxalindiyl, quinazolindiyl, thiadiazolopyrimidindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., [1, 2, 5] thiadiazolo [3, 4-d] -pyrimidindiyl and [1, 2, 3] thiadiazolo [4, 5-d] pyrimidindiyl) , and thienopyridindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., thieno [2, 3-b] pyridindiyl, thieno [2, 3-c] pyridindiyl, thieno [3, 2-b] pyridindiyl, and thieno [3, 2-c] pyridindiyl) . Examples of tricyclic heteroarylene groups include, but are not limited to, acridindiyl, benzindoldiyl, carbazoldiyl, dibenzofurandiyl, perimidindiyl, phenanthrolindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 5-phenanthrolindiyl, 1, 6-phenanthrolindiyl, 1, 7-phenanthrolindiyl, 1, 9-phenanthrolindiyl, and 2, 10-phenanthrolindiyl) , phenanthridindiyl, phenarsazindiyl, phenazindiyl, phenothiazindiyl, phenoxazindiyl, and xanthendiyl. In certain embodiments, heteroarylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The term “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” refers to a monovalent monocyclic non-aromatic ring system or monovalent polycyclic ring system that contains at least one non-
aromatic ring, wherein one or more of the non-aromatic ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, S, and N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms. For a heterocyclyl group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, the heterocyclyl group is not bonded to the rest of a molecule through the heteroaromatic ring. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl or heterocyclic group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be fused or bridged, and in which nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic. The heterocyclyl may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound. Examples of heterocyclyls and heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranonyl, chromanyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzisothiazolyl, dihydro-benzisoxazinyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 3] oxazinyl, 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [c] [1, 2] -oxazinyl, and 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 2] oxazinyl) , dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydroisobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzo [c] thienyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydro-pyranyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydro-pyrrolyl, dioxolanyl, 1, 4-dithianyl, furanonyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, indolinyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, oxazolidinonyl, oxazolidinyl, oxiranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, thiochromanyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, and 1, 3, 5-trithianyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The term “heterocyclylene” refers to a divalent monocyclic non-aromatic ring system or divalent polycyclic ring system that contains at least one non-aromatic ring, wherein one or more of the non-aromatic ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms. For a heterocyclylene group containing a heteroaromatic ring and a nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, the heterocyclylene group has at least one bond to the rest of a molecule via its nonaromatic heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclylene group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7,
or from 5 to 6 ring atoms. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclylene is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be fused or bridged, and in which nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic. The heterocyclylene may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound. Examples of such heterocyclylene groups include, but are not limited to, azepindiyl, benzodioxandiyl, benzodioxoldiyl, benzofuranondiyl, chromandiyl, decahydroisoquinolindiyl, dihydrobenzofurandiyl, dihydrobenzisothiazoldiyl, dihydrobenzisoxazindiyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 3] oxazindiyl, 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [c] [1, 2] oxazindiyl, and 3, 4-dihydrobenzo [d] [1, 2] oxazindiyl) , dihydrobenzothiendiyl, dihydroisobenzofurandiyl, dihydrobenzo [c] thiendiyl, dihydrofurdiyl, dihydroisoindoldiyl, dihydropyrandiyl, dihydro-pyrazoldiyl, dihydropyrazindiyl, dihydropyridindiyl, dihydropyrimidindiyl, dihydropyrroldiyl, dioxolandiyl, 1, 4-dithiandiyl, furanondiyl, imidazolidindiyl, imidazolindiyl, indolindiyl, isochromandiyl, isoindolindiyl, isothiazolidindiyl, isoxazolidindiyl, morpholindiyl, octahydro-indoldiyl, octahydroisoindoldiyl, oxazolidinondiyl, oxazolidindiyl, oxirandiyl, piperazindiyl, piperidindiyl, 4-piperidondiyl, pyrazolidindiyl, pyrazolindiyl, pyrrolidindiyl, pyrrolindiyl, quinuclidindiyl, tetrahydrofurdiyl, tetrahydroisoquinolindiyl, tetrahydropyrandiyl, tetrahydro-thiendiyl, thiamorpholindiyl, thiazolidindiyl, thiochromandiyl, tetrahydroquinolindiyl, and 1, 3, 5-trithiandiyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.
The term “halogen, ” “halide, ” or “halo” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and/or iodo.
The term “optionally substituted” is intended to mean that a group or substituent, such as an alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylene group, may be substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, each of which is independently selected from, e.g., (a) deuterium (–D) , cyano (–CN) , halo, nitro (–NO2) , and oxo (=O) ; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two,
three, or four, substituents Qa; and (c) –C (O) Ra, –C (O) ORa, –C (O) NRbRc, –C (O) SRa, –C (NRa) NRbRc, –C (S) Ra, –C (S) ORa, –C (S) NRbRc, –ORa, –OC (O) Ra, –OC (O) ORa, –OC (O) NRbRc, –OC (O) SRa, –OC (NRa) NRbRc, –OC (S) Ra, –OC (S) ORa, –OC (S) NRbRc, –OP (O) (ORb) ORc, –OS (O) Ra, –OS (O) 2Ra, –OS (O) NRbRc, –OS (O) 2NRbRc, –NRbRc, –NRaC (O) Rd, –NRaC (O) ORd, –NRaC (O) NRbRc, –NRaC (O) SRd, –NRaC (NRd) NRbRc, –NRaC (S) Rd, –NRaC (S) ORd, –NRaC (S) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) Rd, –NRaS (O) 2Rd, –NRaS (O) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) 2NRbRc, –SRa, –S (O) Ra, –S (O) 2Ra, –S (O) NRbRc, and –S (O) 2NRbRc, wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; or (iii) Rb and Rc together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa. As used herein, all groups that can be substituted are “optionally substituted. ”
In one embodiment, each Qa is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) Re, –C (O) ORe, –C (O) NRfRg, –C (O) SRe, –C (NRe) NRfRg, –C (S) Re, –C (S) ORe, –C (S) NRfRg, –ORe, –OC (O) Re, –OC (O) ORe, –OC (O) NRfRg, –OC (O) SRe, –OC (NRe) NRfRg, –OC (S) Re, –OC (S) ORe, –OC (S) NRfRg, –OP (O) (ORf) ORg, –OS (O) Re, –OS (O) 2Re, –OS (O) NRfRg, –OS (O) 2NRfRg, –NRfRg, –NReC (O) Rh, –NReC (O) ORf, –NReC (O) NRfRg, –NReC (O) SRf, –NReC (NRh) NRfRg, –NReC (S) Rh, –NReC (S) ORf, –NReC (S) NRfRg, –NReS (O) Rh, –NReS (O) 2Rh, –NReS (O) NRfRg, –NReS (O) 2NRfRg, –SRe, –S (O) Re, –S (O) 2Re, –S (O) NRfRg, and –S (O) 2NRfRg; wherein each Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) Rf and Rg together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
In certain embodiments, “optically active” and ” enantiomerically active” refer to a collection of molecules, which has an enantiomeric excess of no less than about 80%, no less than about 90%, no less than about 91%, no less than about 92%, no less than about 93%, no less than about 94%, no less than about 95%, no less than about 96%, no less than about 97%, no less than about 98%, no less than about 99%, no less than about 99.5%, or no less than about 99.8%.
In certain embodiments, an optically active compound comprises about 95%or more of one enantiomer and about 5%or less of the other enantiomer based on the total weight of the enantiomeric mixture in question. In certain embodiments, an optically active compound comprises about 98%or more of one enantiomer and about 2%or less of the other enantiomer based on the total weight of the enantiomeric mixture in question. In certain embodiments, an optically active compound comprises about 99%or more of one enantiomer and about 1%or less of the other enantiomer based on the total weight of the enantiomeric mixture in question.
In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the compound about its chiral center (s) . The (+) and (-) are used to denote the optical rotation of the compound, that is, the direction in which a plane of polarized light is rotated by the optically active compound. The (-) prefix indicates that the compound is levorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the left or counterclockwise. The (+) prefix indicates that the compound is dextrorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the right or clockwise. However, the sign of optical rotation, (+) and (-) , is not related to the absolute configuration of the compound, R and S.
The term “isotopically enriched” refers to a compound that contains an unnatural proportion of an isotope at one or more of the atoms that constitute such a compound. In certain embodiments, an isotopically enriched compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, hydrogen (1H) , deuterium (2H) , tritium (3H) , carbon-11 (11C) , carbon-12 (12C) , carbon-13 (13C) , carbon-14 (14C) , nitrogen-13 (13N) , nitrogen-14 (14N) , nitrogen-15 (15N) , oxygen-14 (14O) , oxygen-15 (15O) , oxygen-16 (16O) , oxygen-17 (17O) , oxygen-18 (18O) , fluorine-17 (17F) , fluorine-18 (18F) , phosphorus-31 (31P) , phosphorus-32 (32P) , phosphorus-33 (33P) , sulfur-32 (32S) , sulfur-33 (33S) , sulfur-34 (34S) , sulfur-35 (35S) , sulfur-36 (36S) , chlorine-35 (35Cl) , chlorine-36 (36Cl) , chlorine-37 (37Cl) , bromine-79 (79Br) , bromine-81 (81Br) , iodine-123 (123I) , iodine-125 (125I) , iodine-127 (127I) , iodine-129 (129I) , and iodine-131 (131I) . In certain embodiments, an isotopically enriched compound is in a stable form, that is, non-radioactive. In certain embodiments, an isotopically enriched compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, hydrogen (1H) , deuterium (2H) , carbon-12 (12C) , carbon-13 (13C) , nitrogen-14 (14N) , nitrogen-15 (15N) , oxygen-16 (16O) , oxygen-17 (17O) , oxygen-18 (18O) , fluorine-17 (17F) , phosphorus-31 (31P) , sulfur-32 (32S) , sulfur-33 (33S) ,
sulfur-34 (34S) , sulfur-36 (36S) , chlorine-35 (35Cl) , chlorine-37 (37Cl) , bromine-79 (79Br) , bromine-81 (81Br) , and iodine-127 (127I) . In certain embodiments, an isotopically enriched compound is in an unstable form, that is, radioactive. In certain embodiments, an isotopically enriched compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, tritium (3H) , carbon-11 (11C) , carbon-14 (14C) , nitrogen-13 (13N) , oxygen-14 (14O) , oxygen-15 (15O) , fluorine-18 (18F) , phosphorus-32 (32P) , phosphorus-33 (33P) , sulfur-35 (35S) , chlorine-36 (36Cl) , iodine-123 (123I) , iodine-125 (125I) , iodine-129 (129I) , and iodine-131 (131I) . It will be understood that, in a compound as provided herein, any hydrogen can be 2H, as example, or any carbon can be 13C, as example, or any nitrogen can be 15N, as example, or any oxygen can be 18O, as example, where feasible according to the judgment of one of ordinary skill in the art.
The term “isotopic enrichment” refers to the percentage of incorporation of a less prevalent isotope (e.g., D for deuterium or hydrogen-2) of an element at a given position in a molecule in the place of a more prevalent isotope (e.g., 1H for protium or hydrogen-1) of the element. As used herein, when an atom at a particular position in a molecule is designated as a particular less prevalent isotope, it is understood that the abundance of that isotope at that position is substantially greater than its natural abundance.
The term “isotopic enrichment factor” refers to the ratio between the isotopic abundance in an isotopically enriched compound and the natural abundance of a specific isotope.
The term “hydrogen” or the symbol “H” refers to the composition of naturally occurring hydrogen isotopes, which include protium (1H) , deuterium (2H or D) , and tritium (3H) , in their natural abundances. Protium is the most common hydrogen isotope having a natural abundance of more than 99.98%. Deuterium is a less prevalent hydrogen isotope having a natural abundance of about 0.0156%.
The term “deuterium enrichment” refers to the percentage of incorporation of deuterium at a given position in a molecule in the place of hydrogen. For example, deuterium enrichment of 1%at a given position means that 1%of molecules in a given sample contain deuterium at the specified position. Because the naturally occurring distribution of deuterium is about 0.0156%on average, deuterium enrichment at any position in a compound synthesized using non-enriched starting materials is about 0.0156%on average. As used herein, when a
particular position in an isotopically enriched compound is designated as having deuterium, it is understood that the abundance of deuterium at that position in the compound is substantially greater than its natural abundance (0.0156%) .
The term “carbon” or the symbol “C” refers to the composition of naturally occurring carbon isotopes, which include carbon-12 (12C) and carbon-13 (13C) in their natural abundances. Carbon-12 is the most common carbon isotope having a natural abundance of more than 98.89%. Carbon-13 is a less prevalent carbon isotope having a natural abundance of about 1.11%.
The term “carbon-13 enrichment” or “13C enrichment” refers to the percentage of incorporation of carbon-13 at a given position in a molecule in the place of carbon. For example, carbon-13 enrichment of 10%at a given position means that 10%of molecules in a given sample contain carbon-13 at the specified position. Because the naturally occurring distribution of carbon-13 is about 1.11%on average, carbon-13 enrichment at any position in a compound synthesized using non-enriched starting materials is about 1.11%on average. As used herein, when a particular position in an isotopically enriched compound is designated as having carbon-13, it is understood that the abundance of carbon-13 at that position in the compound is substantially greater than its natural abundance (1.11%) .
The terms “substantially pure” and “substantially homogeneous” mean, when referred to a substance, sufficiently homogeneous to appear free of readily detectable impurities as determined by a standard analytical method used by one of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, thin layer chromatography (TLC) , gel electrophoresis, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) , gas chromatography (GC) , nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) , and mass spectrometry (MS) ; or sufficiently pure such that further purification would not detectably alter the physical, chemical, biological, and/or pharmacological properties, such as enzymatic and biological activities, of the substance. In certain embodiments, “substantially pure” or “substantially homogeneous” refers to a collection of molecules, wherein at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or at least about 99.5%by weight of the molecules are a single compound, including a single enantiomer, a racemic mixture, or a mixture of enantiomers, as determined by standard analytical methods. As
used herein, when an atom at a particular position in an isotopically enriched molecule is designated as a particular less prevalent isotope, a molecule that contains other than the designated isotope at the specified position is an impurity with respect to the isotopically enriched compound. Thus, for a deuterated compound that has an atom at a particular position designated as deuterium, a compound that contains a protium at the same position is an impurity.
The term “solvate” refers to a complex or aggregate formed by one or more molecules of a solute, e.g., a compound provided herein, and one or more molecules of a solvent, which are present in a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount. Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, and acetic acid. In certain embodiments, the solvent is pharmaceutically acceptable. In one embodiment, the complex or aggregate is in a crystalline form. In another embodiment, the complex or aggregate is in a noncrystalline form. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate. Examples of hydrates include, but are not limited to, a hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate, and pentahydrate.
For a divalent group described herein, no orientation is implied by the direction in which the divalent group is presented. For example, unless a particular orientation is specified, the formula –C (O) NH–represents both –C (O) NH–and –NHC (O) –.
The phrase “an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof” has the same meaning as the phrase “ (i) an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant of the compound referenced therein; (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug of the compound referenced therein; or (iii) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug of an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant of the compound referenced therein. ”
Compounds
In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (A) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
R1 is hydrogen or deuterium;
R2 and R3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, –OC (O) NR1bR1c, –OC (O) SR1a, –OC (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –OC (S) R1a, –OC (S) OR1a, –OC (S) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) R1a, –OS (O) 2R1a, –OS (O) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) R1d, –NR1aC (O) OR1d, –NR1aC (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) SR1d, –NR1aC (NR1d) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (S) R1d, –NR1aC (S) OR1d, –NR1aC (S) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) R1d, –NR1aS (O) 2R1d, –NR1aS (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –SR1a, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R4 and R5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-
6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R6 and R7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, or –OC (O) NR1bR1c; and R8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, or –C (O) NR1bR1c; or R6 and R7 or R7 and R8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
A is a bond, O, or N (R1b) ;
E is hydrogen, azido, halo, isocyano, –C=C (R1a) R1a, –C≡CR1a,
–C (O) R1a, or –SH;
L is C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, C3-10 cycloalkylene, C6-14 arylene, C7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene; and
each R1a, R1b, R1c, and R1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-30 alkyl, C1-30 heteroalkyl, C2-30 alkenyl, C2-30 alkynyl, C3-30 cycloalkyl, C6-30 aryl, C7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
wherein each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; and (c) –C (O) Ra, –C (O) ORa, –C (O) NRbRc, –C (O) SRa, –C (NRa) NRbRc, –C (S) Ra, –C (S) ORa, –C (S) NRbRc, –ORa, –OC (O) Ra, –OC (O) ORa, –OC (O) NRbRc, –OC (O) SRa, –OC (NRa) NRbRc, –OC (S) Ra, –OC (S) ORa, –OC (S) NRbRc, –OP (O) (ORb) ORc, –OS (O) Ra, –OS (O) 2Ra, –OS (O) NRbRc, –OS (O) 2NRbRc, –NRbRc, –NRaC (O) Rd, –NRaC (O) ORd, –NRaC (O) NRbRc, –NRaC (O) SRd, –NRaC (NRd) NRbRc, –NRaC (S) Rd, –NRaC (S) ORd, –NRaC (S) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) Rd, –NRaS (O) 2Rd, –NRaS (O) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) 2NRbRc, –SRa, –S (O) Ra, –S (O) 2Ra, –S (O) NRbRc, and –S (O) 2NRbRc, wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; or (iii) Rb and Rc together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa;
wherein each Qa is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) Re, –C (O) ORe, –C (O) NRfRg, –C (O) SRe, –C (NRe) NRfRg, –C (S) Re, –C (S) ORe, –C (S) NRfRg, –ORe, –OC (O) Re, –OC (O) ORe, –OC (O) NRfRg, –OC (O) SRe, –OC (NRe) NRfRg, –OC (S) Re, –OC (S) ORe, –OC (S) NRfRg, –OP (O) (ORf) ORg, –OS (O) Re, –OS (O) 2Re, –OS (O) NRfRg, –OS (O) 2NRfRg, –NRfRg, –NReC (O) Rh,
–NReC (O) ORf, –NReC (O) NRfRg, –NReC (O) SRf, –NReC (NRh) NRfRg, –NReC (S) Rh, –NReC (S) ORf, –NReC (S) NRfRg, –NReS (O) Rh, –N=S (O) ReRh, –NReS (O) 2Rh, –NReS (O) NRfRg, –NReS (O) 2NRfRg, –SRe, –S (O) Re, –S (O) 2Re, –S (O) NRfRg, and –S (O) 2NRfRg; wherein each Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) Rf and Rg together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R6 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R6 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R6 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R6 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R6 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R6 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R6 is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R7 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R7 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R7 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R7 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R7 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R7 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , R7 is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (I) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:
R1 is hydrogen or deuterium;
R2 and R3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, –OC (O) NR1bR1c, –OC (O) SR1a, –OC (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –OC (S) R1a, –OC (S) OR1a, –OC (S) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) R1a, –OS (O) 2R1a, –OS (O) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) R1d, –NR1aC (O) OR1d, –NR1aC (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) SR1d, –NR1aC (NR1d) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (S) R1d, –NR1aC (S) OR1d, –NR1aC (S) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) R1d, –NR1aS (O) 2R1d, –NR1aS (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –SR1a, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R4 and R5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-
6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;
R6 and R7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, or –OC (O) NR1bR1c; and R8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, or –C (O) NR1bR1c; or R6 and R7 or R7 and R8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;
A is a bond, O, or N (R1b) ;
E is hydrogen, azido, halo, isocyano, –C=C (R1a) R1a, –C≡CR1a,
–C (O) R1a, or –SH;
L is C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, C3-10 cycloalkylene, C6-14 arylene, C7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene; and
each R1a, R1b, R1c, and R1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-30 alkyl, C1-30 heteroalkyl, C2-30 alkenyl, C2-30 alkynyl, C3-30 cycloalkyl, C6-30 aryl, C7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
wherein each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6
alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; and (c) –C (O) Ra, –C (O) ORa, –C (O) NRbRc, –C (O) SRa, –C (NRa) NRbRc, –C (S) Ra, –C (S) ORa, –C (S) NRbRc, –ORa, –OC (O) Ra, –OC (O) ORa, –OC (O) NRbRc, –OC (O) SRa, –OC (NRa) NRbRc, –OC (S) Ra, –OC (S) ORa, –OC (S) NRbRc, –OP (O) (ORb) ORc, –OS (O) Ra, –OS (O) 2Ra, –OS (O) NRbRc, –OS (O) 2NRbRc, –NRbRc, –NRaC (O) Rd, –NRaC (O) ORd, –NRaC (O) NRbRc, –NRaC (O) SRd, –NRaC (NRd) NRbRc, –NRaC (S) Rd, –NRaC (S) ORd, –NRaC (S) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) Rd, –NRaS (O) 2Rd, –NRaS (O) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) 2NRbRc, –SRa, –S (O) Ra, –S (O) 2Ra, –S (O) NRbRc, and –S (O) 2NRbRc, wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; or (iii) Rb and Rc together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa;
wherein each Qa is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) Re, –C (O) ORe, –C (O) NRfRg, –C (O) SRe, –C (NRe) NRfRg, –C (S) Re, –C (S) ORe, –C (S) NRfRg, –ORe, –OC (O) Re, –OC (O) ORe, –OC (O) NRfRg, –OC (O) SRe, –OC (NRe) NRfRg, –OC (S) Re, –OC (S) ORe, –OC (S) NRfRg, –OP (O) (ORf) ORg, –OS (O) Re, –OS (O) 2Re, –OS (O) NRfRg, –OS (O) 2NRfRg, –NRfRg, –NReC (O) Rh, –NReC (O) ORf, –NReC (O) NRfRg, –NReC (O) SRf, –NReC (NRh) NRfRg, –NReC (S) Rh, –NReC (S) ORf, –NReC (S) NRfRg, –NReS (O) Rh, –N=S (O) ReRh, –NReS (O) 2Rh, –NReS (O) NRfRg, –NReS (O) 2NRfRg, –SRe, –S (O) Re, –S (O) 2Re, –S (O) NRfRg, and –S (O) 2NRfRg; wherein each Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) Rf and Rg together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R6 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R6 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R6 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R6 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R6 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in
Formula (I) , R6 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R6 is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R7 is halo. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R7 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R7 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R7 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R7 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R7 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) , R7 is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (II) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R6a and R7a are each independently (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, or –C (O) NR1bR1c; and R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R1a, R1b, R1c, A, E, and L are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , (I) , or (II) , E is azido, fluoro, iodo, isocyano,
–C=CH2, –C≡CH, –C (O) CH3, or –SH. In certain embodiments, in Formula (A) , (I) , or (II) , E is azido (–N3) .
In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) or (II) , E is azido, fluoro, iodo, isocyano, –C=CH2, –C≡CH, –C (O) CH3, or –SH. In certain embodiments, in Formula (I) or (II) , E is azido (–N3) .
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (III) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R6a, R7a, A, and L are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (III) , A is a bond or O. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (III) , A is a bond. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (III) , A is O.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (III) , A is a bond or O. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (III) , A is a bond. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (III) , A is O.
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (IV) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R6a, R7a, and L are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (IV) , L is C1-6 alkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of (A) and Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, or butanediyl,
each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of (A) and Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is methanediyl, ethane-1, 2-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, or butane-1, 4-diyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of (A) and Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is methanediyl.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is C1-6 alkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, or butanediyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is methanediyl, ethane-1, 2-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, or butane-1, 4-diyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (IV) , L is methanediyl.
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (V) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R6a, and R7a are each as defined herein.
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (VI) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R1, R2, R3, R4,
R5, R8, R6a, and R7a are each as defined herein.
In still another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula (VII) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R6a, and R7a are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R6a is hydrogen or –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R6a is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R6a is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R6a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R6a is acetyl.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R7a is hydrogen or –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R7a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R7a is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R7a is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R7a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (II) to (VII) , R7a is acetyl.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R1 is deuterium.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R2 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, or C2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R2 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R2 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R2 is C1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R2 is C1-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R3 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, or C2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R3 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R3 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R3 is C1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R2 is C2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R4 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R5 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R8 is hydrogen or
–C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R8 is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of
Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R8 is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R8 is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , R8 is acetyl.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R1 is deuterium.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R2 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, or C2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R2 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R2 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R2 is C1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R2 is C1-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R3 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, or C2-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R3 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R3 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R3 is C1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R2 is C2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R4 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R5 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R8 is hydrogen or
–C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R8 is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R8 is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R8 is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl. In certain embodiments, in any one of Formulae (I) to (VII) , R8 is acetyl.
The groups, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R6a, R7a, A, E, and L, in formulae described herein, including Formulae (A) and (I) to (VII) , are further defined in the embodiments described herein. All combinations of the embodiments provided herein for such groups are within the scope of this disclosure.
In certain embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 is deuterium.
In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, R2 is cyano. In certain embodiments, R2 is halo. In certain embodiments, R2 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R2 is chloro. In certain embodiments, R2 is nitro. In certain embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is C1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is trifluoromethyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R2 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R2 is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –C (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain
embodiments, R2 is –C (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –C (O) SR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –C (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –C (S) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –C (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (NR1a) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (S) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OC (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OS (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OS (O) 2R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OS (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –OS (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (O) R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (O) OR1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (O) SR1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (NR1d) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, R1c, and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (S) R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (S) OR1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aC (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aS (O) R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aS (O) 2R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aS (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –NR1aS (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain
embodiments, R2 is –SR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –S (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –S (O) 2R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –S (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R2 is –S (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R3 is deuterium. In certain embodiments, R3 is cyano. In certain embodiments, R3 is halo. In certain embodiments, R3 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R3 is chloro. In certain embodiments, R3 is nitro. In certain embodiments, R3 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is C1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is trifluoromethyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is C2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is C2-10 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R3 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (O) SR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (S) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –C (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3
is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OC (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OC (NR1a) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OC (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OC (S) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OC (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OS (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OS (O) 2R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OS (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –OS (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (O) R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (O) OR1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (O) SR1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (NR1d) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, R1c, and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (S) R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (S) OR1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aC (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aS (O) R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aS (O) 2R1d, wherein R1a and R1d are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aS (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –NR1aS (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –SR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –S (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –S (O) 2R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –S (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R3 is –S (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is methyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is C1-6
heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R4 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (O) SR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (S) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –S (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –S (O) 2R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –S (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R4 is –S (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, R5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5 is C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is methyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is C1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R5 is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R5 is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (O) SR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, wherein R1a, R1b, and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (S) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (S) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –C (S) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –S (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –S (O) 2R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –S (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R5 is –S (O) 2NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, R6 is halo. In certain embodiments, R6 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R6 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is acetyloxy, propoyloxy, or butoyloxy, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is acetyloxy. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –C1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is benzoyloxy, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic C6-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –
(monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R6 is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, R7 is halo. In certain embodiments, R7 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R7 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is acetyloxy, propoyloxy, or butoyloxy, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is acetyloxy. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –C1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is benzoyloxy, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic C8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –
(monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) OR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R7 is –OC (O) NR1bR1c, wherein R1b and R1c are each as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –C1-30 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is acetyl. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –C1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is benzoyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) – (bicyclic C8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more
substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R8 is –C (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R6 and R7 are linked together to form a lactone ring. In certain embodiments, R6 and R7 are linked together to form a 5-membered lactone ring. In certain embodiments, R6 and R7 are linked together to form a 6-membered lactone ring.
In certain embodiments, R7 and R8 are linked together to form a lactone ring, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 and R8 are linked together to form a 5-membered lactone ring, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7 and R8 are linked together to form a 6-membered lactone ring, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is acetyl. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –C1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is benzoyl, optionally substituted with one or more
substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) – (bicyclic C8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R6a is –C (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, R7a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is acetyl. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –C1-6 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –C2-6 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –C2-6 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –C3-10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –C6-14 aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is benzoyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) – (bicyclic C8-14 aryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –C7-15 aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is
–C (O) – (monocyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) – (5-or 6-membered heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) – (bicyclic heteroaryl) , optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) – (5, 5-, 5, 6-, or 6, 6-fused heteroaryl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) – (3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) –bicyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R7a is –C (O) – (bridged, fused, or spiro heterocyclyl) , each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In certain embodiments, A is a bond. In certain embodiments, A is O. In certain embodiments, A is N (R1b) , wherein R1b is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, A is N (H) .
In certain embodiments, E is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, E is azido. In certain embodiments, E is halo. In certain embodiments, E is fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo. In certain embodiments, E is fluoro. In certain embodiments, E is chloro. In certain embodiments, E is bromo. In certain embodiments, E is iodo. In certain embodiments, E is isocyano (–NC) . In certain embodiments, E is –C=C (R1a) R1a, wherein each R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E is –C=CH2. In certain embodiments, E is –C≡CR1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E is –C≡CH. In certain embodiments, E iswherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E isIn certain embodiments, E isIn certain embodiments, E isIn certain embodiments, E iswherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E isIn certain embodiments, E is –C (O) R1a, wherein R1a is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, E is
–C (O) CH3. In certain embodiments, E is –SH.
In certain embodiments, L is C1-6 alkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, or butanediyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is methanediyl, ethane-1, 2-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, or butane-1, 4-diyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C1-6 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C2-6 alkenylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C2-6 alkynylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C3-10 cycloalkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C6-14 arylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is C7-15 aralkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is heteroarylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, L is heterocyclylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
In one embodiment, provided herein is (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azideacetamido) -6- ( (Z) -2-ethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate A1; or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azidoacetamido) -6- ( (E) -2, 3-dimethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate A2; or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -2-amino-4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl) -2-azidoacetamide C1, which has the
structure of
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is (Z) -N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -3- (2-azido-acetamido) -4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -2-ethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamide C2, which has the structure of
In yet another embodiment, provided herein is (Z) -3- ( ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -3- (2-azidoacetamido) -4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) carbamoyl) pent-2-enoic acid C3, which has the structure of
In still another embodiment, provided herein is (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6-amino-5- (2-azidoacetamido) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate, which has the structure of
In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein is isolated or purified. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or at least about 99.5%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 90%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 95%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 98%by
weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 99%by weight. In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein has a purity of at least about 99.5%by weight.
The compounds provided herein are intended to encompass all possible stereoisomers unless a particular stereochemistry is specified. Where a compound provided herein contains an alkenyl group, the compound may exist as one or mixture of geometric cis/trans (or Z/E) isomers. Where structural isomers are interconvertible, the compound may exist as a single tautomer or a mixture of tautomers. This can take the form of proton tautomerism in the compound that contains, for example, an imino, keto, or oxime group; or so-called valence tautomerism in the compound that contains an aromatic moiety. It follows that a single compound may exhibit more than one type of isomerism.
A compound provided herein can be enantiomerically pure, such as a single enantiomer or a single diastereomer, or be stereoisomeric mixtures, such as a mixture of enantiomers, e.g., a racemic mixture of two enantiomers; or a mixture of two or more diastereomers. As such, one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that administration of a compound in its (R) form is equivalent, for the compound that undergoes epimerization in vivo, to administration of the compound in its (S) form. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor, asymmetric synthesis from achiral starting materials, or resolution of an enantiomeric mixture, for example, chiral chromatography, recrystallization, resolution, diastereomeric salt formation, or derivatization into diastereomeric adducts followed by separation.
When a compound provided herein contains an acidic or basic moiety, it can also be provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. See, Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, 2nd ed.; Stahl and Wermuth Eds.; John Wiley &Sons, 2011. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound provided herein is a solvate. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound provided herein is a hydrate.
Suitable acids for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound provided herein include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, 2, 2-dichloroacetic acid,
acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, boric acid, (+) -camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+) - (1S) -camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1, 2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, D-gluconic acid, D-glucuronic acid, L-glutamic acid, α-oxoglutaric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydroiodic acid, (+) -L-lactic acid, (±) -DL-lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, (-) -L-malic acid, malonic acid, (±) -DL-mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-1, 5-disulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, perchloric acid, phosphoric acid, L-pyroglutamic acid, saccharic acid, salicylic acid, 4-amino-salicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfuric acid, tannic acid, (+) -L-tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, undecylenic acid, and valeric acid.
Suitable bases for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound provided herein include, but are not limited to, inorganic bases, such as magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, and sodium hydroxide; and organic bases, such as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, aliphatic and aromatic amines, including, but not limited to, L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, dimethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, 2- (diethyl-amino) ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylamine, ethylenediamine, isopropylamine, N-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, 1H-imidazole, L-lysine, morpholine, 4- (2-hydroxyethyl) -morpholine, methylamine, piperidine, piperazine, propylamine, pyrrolidine, 1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -pyrrolidine, pyridine, quinuclidine, quinoline, isoquinoline, triethanolamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, 2-amino-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1, 3-propanediol, and tromethamine.
A compound provided herein may also be provided as a prodrug, which is a functional derivative of the compound and is readily convertible into the parent compound in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent compound. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent compound is not. The prodrug may also have enhanced solubility in
pharmaceutical compositions over the parent compound. A prodrug may be converted into the parent drug by various mechanisms, including enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
In one embodiment, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be formulated in various dosage forms, including, but not limited to, dosage forms for oral, parenteral, and topical administration. The pharmaceutical composition can also be formulated as modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, extended-, prolonged-, sustained-, pulsatile-, controlled-, accelerated-, fast-, targeted-, programmed-release, and gastric retention dosage forms. These dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra; Modified-Release Drug Delivery Technology, 2nd ed.; Rathbone et al., Eds.; Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences 184; CRC Press: Boca Raton, FL, 2008.
In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for oral administration. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for parenteral administration. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for intravenous administration. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for intramuscular administration. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for subcutaneous administration. In still another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated in a dosage form for topical administration.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be provided in a unit-dosage form or multiple-dosage form. A unit-dosage form, as used herein, refers to physically discrete a
unit suitable for administration to a subject, and packaged individually as is known in the art. Each unit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of an active ingredient (s) (e.g., a compound provided herein) sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with the required pharmaceutical excipient (s) . Examples of a unit-dosage form include, but are not limited to, an ampoule, syringe, and individually packaged tablet and capsule. A unit-dosage form may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof. A multiple-dosage form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage forms packaged in a single container to be administered in a segregated unit-dosage form. Examples of a multiple-dosage form include, are not limited to, a vial, bottle of tablets or capsules, or bottle of pints or gallons.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered at once or multiple times at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment may vary with the age, weight, and condition of the subject being treated, and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test or diagnostic data. It is further understood that for any particular individual, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the subject’s need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the pharmaceutical composition.
A. Oral Administration
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided in solid, semisolid, or liquid dosage forms for oral administration. As used herein, oral administration also includes buccal, lingual, and sublingual administration. Suitable oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, fastmelts, chewable tablets, capsules, pills, strips, troches, lozenges, pastilles, cachets, pellets, medicated chewing gum, bulk powders, effervescent or non-effervescent powders or granules, oral mists, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, wafers, sprinkles, elixirs, and syrups. In addition to the active ingredient (s) , the pharmaceutical composition can contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, including, but not limited to, binders, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, wetting agents, lubricants, glidants, coloring agents, dye-migration inhibitors, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, emulsifying agents, suspending and dispersing agents, preservatives, solvents, non-aqueous
liquids, organic acids, and sources of carbon dioxide.
Binders or granulators impart cohesiveness to a tablet to ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression. Suitable binders or granulators include, but are not limited to, starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, and pre-gelatinized starch (e.g., STARCH); gelatin; sugars, such as sucrose, glucose, dextrose, molasses, and lactose; natural and synthetic gums, such as acacia, alginic acid, alginates, extract of Irish moss, Panwar gum, Ghatti gum, mucilage of isabgol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) , larch arabinogalactan, powdered tragacanth, and guar gum; celluloses, such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC) , hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC) , hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC) ; and microcrystalline celluloses, such asPH-101, PH-103, PH-105, andRC-581. Suitable fillers include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, and pre-gelatinized starch. The amount of a binder or filler in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. The binder or filler may be present from about 50 to about 99%by weight in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein.
Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, inositol, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, and powdered sugar. Certain diluents, such as mannitol, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, and inositol, when present in sufficient quantity, can impart properties to some compressed tablets that permit disintegration in the mouth by chewing. Such compressed tablets can be used as chewable tablets. The amount of a diluent in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art.
Suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to, agar; bentonite; celluloses, such as methylcellulose and carboxymethylcellulose; wood products; natural sponge; cation-exchange resins; alginic acid; gums, such as guar gum andHV; citrus pulp; cross-linked celluloses, such as croscarmellose; cross-linked polymers, such as crospovidone; cross-
linked starches; calcium carbonate; microcrystalline cellulose, such as sodium starch glycolate; polacrilin potassium; starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, and pre-gelatinized starch; clays; and algins. The amount of a disintegrant in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. The pharmaceutical composition provided herein may contain from about 0.5 to about 15%or from about 1 to about 5%by weight of a disintegrant.
Suitable lubricants include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate; magnesium stearate; mineral oil; light mineral oil; glycerin; sorbitol; mannitol; glycols, such as glycerol behenate and polyethylene glycol (PEG) ; stearic acid; sodium lauryl sulfate; talc; hydrogenated vegetable oil, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil; zinc stearate; ethyl oleate; ethyl laureate; agar; starch; lycopodium; and silica or silica gels, such as200 andThe amount of a lubricant in the pharmaceutical composition provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may contain about 0.1 to about 5%by weight of a lubricant.
Suitable glidants include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide, CAB-O-and asbestos-free talc. Suitable coloring agents include, but are not limited to, any of the approved, certified, water soluble FD&C dyes, and water insoluble FD&C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate, and color lakes. A color lake is a combination by absorption of a water-soluble dye to a hydrous oxide of a heavy metal, resulting in an insoluble form of the dye. Suitable flavoring agents include, but are not limited to, natural flavors extracted from plants, such as fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds which produce a pleasant taste sensation, such as peppermint and methyl salicylate. Suitable sweetening agents include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, mannitol, syrups, glycerin, and artificial sweeteners, such as saccharin and aspartame. Suitable emulsifying agents include, but are not limited to, gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (20) , polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80 (80) , and triethanolamine oleate. Suitable suspending and dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, pectin, tragacanth, acacia, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, hydroxy-propyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Suitable preservatives include, but are not
limited to, glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic add, and sodium benzoate and alcohol. Suitable wetting agents include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether. Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol, and syrup. Suitable non-aqueous liquids utilized in emulsions include, but are not limited to, mineral oil and cottonseed oil. Suitable organic acids include, but are not limited to, citric and tartaric acid. Suitable sources of carbon dioxide include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.
It should be understood that many carriers and excipients may serve several functions, even within the same formulation.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided as compressed tablets, tablet triturates, chewable lozenges, rapidly dissolving tablets, multiple compressed tablets, or enteric-coating tablets, sugar-coated, or film-coated tablets. Enteric-coated tablets are compressed tablets coated with substances that resist the action of stomach acid but dissolve or disintegrate in the intestine, thus protecting the active ingredient (s) from the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric-coatings include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, phenyl salicylate, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac, and cellulose acetate phthalates. Sugar-coated tablets are compressed tablets surrounded by a sugar coating, which may be beneficial in covering up objectionable tastes or odors and in protecting the tablets from oxidation. Film-coated tablets are compressed tablets that are covered with a thin layer or film of a water-soluble material. Film coatings include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000, and cellulose acetate phthalate. Film coating imparts the same general characteristics as sugar coating. Multiple compressed tablets are compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle, including layered tablets, and press-coated or dry-coated tablets.
The tablet dosage forms can be prepared from an active ingredient (s) in powdered, crystalline, or granular forms, alone or in combination with one or more carriers or excipients described herein, including binders, disintegrants, controlled-release polymers, lubricants, diluents, and/or colorants. Flavoring and sweetening agents are especially useful in the formation of chewable tablets and lozenges.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided as soft or hard capsules, which can be made from gelatin, methylcellulose, starch, or calcium alginate. The hard gelatin capsule, also known as the dry-filled capsule (DFC) , consists of two sections, one slipping over the other, thus completely enclosing the active ingredient (s) . The soft elastic capsule (SEC) is a soft, globular shell, such as a gelatin shell, which is plasticized by the addition of glycerin, sorbitol, or a similar polyol. The soft gelatin shells may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. Suitable preservatives are those as described herein, including methyl-and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid. The liquid, semisolid, and solid dosage forms provided herein may be encapsulated in a capsule. Suitable liquid and semisolid dosage forms include solutions and suspensions in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, or triglycerides. Capsules containing such solutions can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239; and 4,410,545. The capsules may also be coated as known by those of skill in the art in order to modify or sustain dissolution of the active ingredient (s) .
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided in liquid and semisolid dosage forms, including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, and syrups. An emulsion is a two-phase system, in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid, which can be oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Emulsions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable non-aqueous liquid or solvent, emulsifying agent, and preservative. Suspensions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agent and preservative. Aqueous alcoholic solutions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable acetal, such as a di (lower alkyl) acetal of a lower alkyl aldehyde, e.g., acetaldehyde diethyl acetal; and a water-miscible solvent having one or more hydroxyl groups, such as propylene glycol and ethanol. Elixirs are clear, sweetened, and hydroalcoholic solutions. Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose, and may also contain a preservative. For a liquid dosage form, for example, a solution in a polyethylene glycol may be diluted with a sufficient quantity of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier, e.g., water, to be measured conveniently for administration.
Other useful liquid and semisolid dosage forms include, but are not limited to, those containing an active ingredient (s) , and a dialkylated mono-or poly-alkylene glycol,
including, 1, 2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether, wherein 350, 550, and 750 refer to the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol. These dosage forms can further comprise one or more antioxidants, such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) , butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) , propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamine, lecithin, cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and its esters, and dithiocarbamates.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can also be provided in the forms of liposomes, micelles, microspheres, or nanosystems. Micellar dosage forms can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,350,458.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be provided as non-effervescent or effervescent, granules and powders, to be reconstituted into a liquid dosage form. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the non-effervescent granules or powders may include diluents, sweeteners, and wetting agents. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the effervescent granules or powders may include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.
Coloring and flavoring agents can be used in all of the dosage forms described herein.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for oral administration can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained, pulsed-, controlled, targeted-, and programmed-release forms.
B. Parenteral Administration
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered parenterally by injection, infusion, or implantation, for local or systemic administration. Parenteral administration, as used herein, includes intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial, intravesical, and subcutaneous administration.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated in any dosage forms that are suitable for parenteral administration, including, but not limited to, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanosystems, and solid forms suitable for solutions or suspensions in liquid prior to injection. Such dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical science. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for parenteral administration can include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients, including, but not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, pH adjusting agents, and inert gases.
Suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, water, saline, physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS) , sodium chloride injection, Ringer’s injection, isotonic dextrose injection, sterile water injection, dextrose and lactated Ringer’s injection. Suitable non-aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, fixed oils of vegetable origin, castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils, hydrogenated soybean oil, and medium-chain triglycerides of coconut oil, and palm seed oil. Suitable water-miscible vehicles include, but are not limited to, ethanol, 1, 3-butanediol, liquid polyethylene glycol (e.g., polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 400) , propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, and dimethyl sulfoxide.
Suitable antimicrobial agents or preservatives include, but are not limited to, phenols, cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoates, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride (e.g., benzethonium chloride) , methyl-and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid. Suitable isotonic agents include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, glycerin, and dextrose. Suitable buffering agents include, but are not limited to,
phosphate and citrate. Suitable antioxidants include those described herein, such as bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite. Suitable local anesthetics include, but are not limited to, procaine hydrochloride. Suitable suspending and dispersing agents include those described herein, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Suitable emulsifying agents include those described herein, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80, and triethanolamine oleate. Suitable sequestering or chelating agents include, but are not limited to, EDTA. Suitable pH adjusting agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid. Suitable complexing agents include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrins, including α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin, and sulfobutylether 7-β-cyclodextrin
When the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated for multiple dosage administration, multiple dosage parenteral formulations must contain an antimicrobial agent at bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations. All parenteral formulations must be sterile, as known and practiced in the art.
In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition for parenteral administration is provided as a ready-to-use sterile solution. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a sterile dry soluble product, including a lyophilized powder and hypodermic tablet, to be reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a ready-to-use sterile suspension. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a sterile dry insoluble product to be reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use. In still another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is provided as a ready-to-use sterile emulsion.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained, pulsed-, controlled, targeted-, and programmed-release forms.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated as a suspension, solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid, for administration as an implanted depot. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein are
dispersed in a solid inner matrix, which is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane that is insoluble in body fluids but allows the active ingredient (s) in the pharmaceutical composition to diffuse through.
Suitable inner matrixes include, but are not limited to, polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers (such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid) , collagen, cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol, and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate.
Suitable outer polymeric membranes include, but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer.
C. Topical Administration
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered topically to the skin, orifices, or mucosa. The topical administration, as used herein, includes (intra) dermal, conjunctival, intracorneal, intraocular, ophthalmic, auricular, transdermal, nasal, vaginal, urethral, respiratory, and rectal administration.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be formulated in any dosage forms that are suitable for topical administration for local or systemic effect, including, but not limited to, emulsions, solutions, suspensions, creams, gels, hydrogels, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, films, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, and dermal patches. The topical formulations of the pharmaceutical composition provided herein can also comprise liposomes, micelles,
microspheres, and nanosystems.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients suitable for use in the topical formulations include, but are not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, penetration enhancers, cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, and inert gases.
The pharmaceutical composition can also be administered topically by electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis, or microneedle or needle-free injection, such as POWDERJECTTM and BIOJECTTM.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be provided in the forms of ointments, creams, and gels. Suitable ointment vehicles include oleaginous or hydrocarbon vehicles, including lard, benzoinated lard, olive oil, cottonseed oil, and other oils, white petrolatum; emulsifiable or absorption vehicles, such as hydrophilic petrolatum, hydroxystearin sulfate, and anhydrous lanolin; water-removable vehicles, such as hydrophilic ointment; water-soluble ointment vehicles, including polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight; emulsion vehicles, either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, including cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin, and stearic acid. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra. These vehicles are emollient but generally require addition of antioxidants and preservatives.
Suitable cream base can be oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Suitable cream vehicles may be water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier, and an aqueous phase. The oil phase is also called the “internal” phase, which is generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol. The aqueous phase usually, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a cream formulation may be a nonionic, anionic, cationic, or amphoteric surfactant.
Gels are semisolid, suspension-type systems. Single-phase gels contain organic
macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout the liquid carrier. Suitable gelling agents include, but are not limited to, crosslinked acrylic acid polymers, such as carbomers, carboxypolyalkylenes, andhydrophilic polymers, such as polyethylene oxides, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, and polyvinylalcohol; cellulosic polymers, such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methylcellulose; gums, such as tragacanth and xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin. In order to prepare a uniform gel, dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or the gelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing, and/or stirring.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered rectally, urethrally, vaginally, or perivaginally in the forms of suppositories, pessaries, bougies, poultices or cataplasm, pastes, powders, dressings, creams, plasters, contraceptives, ointments, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, tampons, gels, foams, sprays, or enemas. These dosage forms can be manufactured using conventional processes as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra.
Rectal, urethral, and vaginal suppositories are solid bodies for insertion into body orifices, which are solid at ordinary temperatures but melt or soften at body temperature to release the active ingredient (s) inside the orifices. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers utilized in rectal and vaginal suppositories include bases or vehicles, such as stiffening agents, which produce a melting point in the proximity of body temperature, when formulated with an active ingredient (s) ; and antioxidants as described herein, including bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite. Suitable vehicles include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter (theobroma oil) , glycerin-gelatin, carbowax (polyoxyethylene glycol) , spermaceti, paraffin, white and yellow wax, and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di-and triglycerides of fatty acids, and hydrogels, such as polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and polyacrylic acid. Combinations of the various vehicles can also be used. Rectal and vaginal suppositories may be prepared by compressing or molding. The typical weight of a rectal and vaginal suppository is about 2 to about 3 g.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered ophthalmically in the forms of solutions, suspensions, ointments, emulsions, gel-forming
solutions, powders for solutions, gels, ocular inserts, and implants.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be administered intranasally or by inhalation to the respiratory tract. The pharmaceutical composition can be provided in the form of an aerosol or solution for delivery using a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, such as an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist, or nebulizer, alone or in combination with a suitable propellant, such as 1, 1, 1, 2-tetrafluoroethane or 1, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3-heptafluoropropane. The pharmaceutical composition can also be provided as a dry powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose or phospholipids; and nasal drops. For intranasal use, the powder can comprise a bioadhesive agent, including chitosan or cyclodextrin.
Solutions or suspensions for use in a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebulizer can be formulated to contain ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilizing, or extending release of an active ingredient (s) ; a propellant as solvent; and/or a surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be micronized to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation, such as about 50 micrometers or less, or about 10 micrometers or less. Particles of such sizes can be prepared using a comminuting method known to those skilled in the art, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenization, or spray drying.
Capsules, blisters, and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated to contain a powder mix of the pharmaceutical composition provided herein; a suitable powder base, such as lactose or starch; and a performance modifier, such as l-leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of the monohydrate. Other suitable excipients or carriers include, but are not limited to, dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, and trehalose. The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for inhaled/intranasal administration can further comprise a suitable flavor, such as menthol and levomenthol; and/or sweeteners, such as saccharin and saccharin sodium.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein for topical administration can be formulated to be immediate release or modified release, including delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted, and programmed release.
D. Modified Release
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be formulated as a modified release dosage form. As used herein, the term “modified release” refers to a dosage form in which the rate or place of release of an active ingredient (s) is different from that of an immediate dosage form when administered by the same route. Modified release dosage forms include, but are not limited to, delayed-, extended-, prolonged-, sustained-, pulsatile-, controlled-, accelerated-and fast-, targeted-, programmed-release, and gastric retention dosage forms. The pharmaceutical composition in modified release dosage forms can be prepared using a variety of modified release devices and methods known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, matrix-controlled release devices, osmotic controlled release devices, multiparticulate controlled release devices, ion-exchange resins, enteric coatings, multilayered coatings, microspheres, liposomes, and combinations thereof. The release rate of the active ingredient (s) can also be modified by varying the particle sizes and polymorphism of the active ingredient (s) .
1. Matrix Controlled Release Devices
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated using a matrix-controlled release device known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Takada et al. in Encyclopedia of Controlled Drug Delivery, Mathiowitz Ed.; Wiley, 1999; Vol. 2.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form is formulated using an erodible matrix device, which is water-swellable, erodible, or soluble polymers, including, but not limited to, synthetic polymers, and naturally occurring polymers and derivatives, such as polysaccharides and proteins.
Materials useful in forming an erodible matrix include, but are not limited to, chitin, chitosan, dextran, and pullulan; gum agar, gum arabic, gum karaya, locust bean gum, gum tragacanth, carrageenans, gum Ghatti, guar gum, xanthan gum, and scleroglucan; starches, such
as dextrin and maltodextrin; hydrophilic colloids, such as pectin; phosphatides, such as lecithin; alginates; propylene glycol alginate; gelatin; collagen; cellulosics, such as ethyl cellulose (EC) , methylethyl cellulose (MEC) , carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) , CMEC, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) , hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC) , cellulose acetate (CA) , cellulose propionate (CP) , cellulose butyrate (CB) , cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) , CAP, CAT, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC) , HPMCP, HPMCAS, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate trimellitate (HPMCAT) , and ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose (EHEC) ; polyvinyl pyrrolidone; polyvinyl alcohol; polyvinyl acetate; glycerol fatty acid esters; polyacrylamide; polyacrylic acid; copolymers of ethacrylic acid or methacrylic acid poly (2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate) ; polylactides; copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ethyl-L-glutamate; degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers; poly-D- (-) -3-hydroxybutyric acid; and other acrylic acid derivatives, such as homopolymers and copolymers of butylmethacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethylacrylate, (2-dimethylaminoethyl) methacrylate, and (trimethylaminoethyl) methacrylate chloride.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated with a non-erodible matrix device. The active ingredient (s) is dissolved or dispersed in an inert matrix and is released primarily by diffusion through the inert matrix once administered. Materials suitable for use as a non-erodible matrix device include, but are not limited to, insoluble plastics, such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubbers, epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, and silicone carbonate copolymers; hydrophilic polymers, such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, crospovidone, and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate; and fatty compounds, such as carnauba wax, microcrystalline wax, and triglycerides.
In a matrix-controlled release system, the desired release kinetics can be controlled, for example, via the polymer type employed, the polymer viscosity, the particle sizes of the polymer and/or the active ingredient (s) , the ratio of the active ingredient (s) versus the polymer, and other excipients or carriers in the compositions.
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, dry or wet granulation followed by compression, and melt-granulation followed by compression.
2. Osmotic Controlled Release Devices
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated using an osmotic controlled release device, including, but not limited to, one-chamber system, two-chamber system, asymmetric membrane technology (AMT) , and extruding core system (ECS) . In general, such devices have at least two components: (a) a core which contains an active ingredient; and (b) a semipermeable membrane with at least one delivery port, which encapsulates the core. The semipermeable membrane controls the influx of water to the core from an aqueous environment of use so as to cause drug release by extrusion through the delivery port (s) .
In addition to the active ingredient (s) , the core of the osmotic device optionally includes an osmotic agent, which creates a driving force for transport of water from the environment of use into the core of the device. One class of osmotic agents is water-swellable hydrophilic polymers, which are also referred to as “osmopolymers” and “hydrogels. ” Suitable water-swellable hydrophilic polymers as osmotic agents include, but are not limited to, hydrophilic vinyl and acrylic polymers, polysaccharides such as calcium alginate, polyethylene oxide (PEO) , polyethylene glycol (PEG) , polypropylene glycol (PPG) , poly (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) , poly (acrylic) acid, poly (methacrylic) acid, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) , crosslinked PVP, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) , PVA/PVP copolymers, PVA/PVP copolymers with hydrophobic monomers such as methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate, hydrophilic polyurethanes containing large PEO blocks, sodium croscarmellose, carrageenan, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) , hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC) , hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC) , carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) and carboxyethyl, cellulose (CEC) , sodium alginate,
polycarbophil, gelatin, xanthan gum, and sodium starch glycolate.
The other class of osmotic agents is osmogens, which are capable of imbibing water to affect an osmotic pressure gradient across the barrier of the surrounding coating. Suitable osmogens include, but are not limited to, inorganic salts, such as magnesium sulfate, magnesium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium chloride, lithium chloride, potassium sulfate, potassium phosphates, sodium carbonate, sodium sulfite, lithium sulfate, potassium chloride, and sodium sulfate; sugars, such as dextrose, fructose, glucose, inositol, lactose, maltose, mannitol, raffinose, sorbitol, sucrose, trehalose, and xylitol; organic acids, such as ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, maleic acid, sebacic acid, sorbic acid, adipic acid, edetic acid, glutamic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, succinic acid, and tartaric acid; urea; and mixtures thereof.
Osmotic agents of different dissolution rates can be employed to influence how rapidly the active ingredient (s) is initially delivered from the dosage form. For example, amorphous sugars, such as MANNOGEMTM EZ can be used to provide faster delivery during the first couple of hours to promptly produce the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release of the remaining amount to maintain the desired level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time. In this case, the active ingredient (s) is released at such a rate to replace the amount of the active ingredient metabolized and excreted.
The core can also include a wide variety of other excipients and carriers as described herein to enhance the performance of the dosage form or to promote stability or processing.
Materials useful in forming the semipermeable membrane include various grades of acrylics, vinyls, ethers, polyamides, polyesters, and cellulosic derivatives that are water-permeable and water-insoluble at physiologically relevant pHs or are susceptible to being rendered water-insoluble by chemical alteration, such as crosslinking. Examples of suitable polymers useful in forming the coating, include plasticized, unplasticized, and reinforced cellulose acetate (CA) , cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, CA propionate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) , CA ethyl carbamate, CAP, CA methyl carbamate, CA succinate, cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT) , CA dimethylaminoacetate, CA ethyl carbonate, CA chloroacetate, CA ethyl oxalate, CA methyl sulfonate, CA butyl sulfonate, CA p-toluene
sulfonate, agar acetate, amylose triacetate, beta glucan acetate, beta glucan triacetate, acetaldehyde dimethyl acetate, triacetate of locust bean gum, hydroxylated ethylene-vinylacetate, EC, PEG, PPG, PEG/PPG copolymers, PVP, HEC, HPC, CMC, CMEC, HPMC, HPMCP, HPMCAS, HPMCAT, poly (acrylic) acids and esters and poly- (methacrylic) acids and esters and copolymers thereof, starch, dextran, dextrin, chitosan, collagen, gelatin, polyalkenes, polyethers, polysulfones, polyethersulfones, polystyrenes, polyvinyl halides, polyvinyl esters and ethers, natural waxes, and synthetic waxes.
Semipermeable membrane can also be a hydrophobic microporous membrane, wherein the pores are substantially filled with a gas and are not wetted by the aqueous medium but are permeable to water vapor, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,798,119. Such hydrophobic but water-vapor permeable membrane are typically composed of hydrophobic polymers such as polyalkenes, polyethylene, polypropylene, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyacrylic acid derivatives, polyethers, polysulfones, polyethersulfones, polystyrenes, polyvinyl halides, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl esters and ethers, natural waxes, and synthetic waxes.
The delivery port (s) on the semipermeable membrane can be formed post-coating by mechanical or laser drilling. Delivery port (s) can also be formed in situ by erosion of a plug of water-soluble material or by rupture of a thinner portion of the membrane over an indentation in the core. In addition, delivery ports can be formed during coating process, as in the case of asymmetric membrane coatings of the type disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,612,059 and 5,698,220.
The total amount of the active ingredient (s) released and the release rate can substantially be modulated via the thickness and porosity of the semipermeable membrane, the composition of the core, and the number, size, and position of the delivery ports.
The pharmaceutical composition in an osmotic controlled-release dosage form can further comprise additional conventional excipients or carriers as described herein to promote performance or processing of the formulation.
The osmotic controlled-release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra; Santus and Baker, J. Controlled Release, 1995,
35, 1-21; Verma et al., Drug Dev. Ind. Pharm., 2000, 26, 695-708; Verma et al., J. Controlled Release, 2002, 79, 7-27.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated as an AMT controlled-release dosage form, which comprises an asymmetric osmotic membrane that coats a core comprising the active ingredient (s) and other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,059 and WO 2002/17918. The AMT controlled-release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, dry granulation, wet granulation, and a dip-coating method.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein is formulated as an ESC controlled-release dosage form, which comprises an osmotic membrane that coats a core comprising the active ingredient (s) , a hydroxyethyl cellulose, and other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
3. Multiparticulate Controlled Release Devices
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated as a multiparticulate controlled release device, which comprises a multiplicity of particles, granules, or pellets, ranging from about 10 μm to about 3 mm, about 50 μm to about 2.5 mm, or from about 100 μm to about 1 mm in diameter. Such multiparticulates can be made by the processes known to those skilled in the art, including wet-and dry-granulation, extrusion/spheronization, roller-compaction, melt-congealing, and by spray-coating seed cores. See, e.g., Multiparticulate Oral Drug Delivery; Ghebre-Sellassie Eds.; Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences 65; CRC Press: 1994; and Pharmaceutical Palletization Technology; Ghebre-Sellassie Eds.; Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences 37; CRC Press: 1989.
Other excipients or carriers as described herein can be blended with the pharmaceutical composition to aid in processing and forming the multiparticulates. The resulting particles can themselves constitute the multiparticulate device or can be coated by various film-forming materials, such as enteric polymers, water-swellable, and water-soluble polymers. The multiparticulates can be further processed as a capsule or a tablet.
4. Targeted Delivery
The pharmaceutical composition provided herein can also be formulated to be targeted to a particular tissue, receptor, or other area of the body of the subject to be treated, including liposome-, resealed erythrocyte-, and antibody-based delivery systems. Examples include, but are not limited to, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,316,652; 6,274,552; 6,271,359; 6,253,872; 6,139,865; 6,131,570; 6,120,751; 6,071,495; 6,060,082; 6,048,736; 6,039,975; 6,004,534; 5,985,307; 5,972,366; 5,900,252; 5,840,674; 5,759,542; and 5,709,874.
Methods of Use
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of labeling a cell with a functional group (e.g., an azido group) in a subject, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of labeling a cell surface with a functional group (e.g., an azido group) in a subject, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
In certain embodiments, the functional group is a group for click chemistry.
In certain embodiments, the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase (ALDH) overexpressed cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1 (ALDHA1) overexpressed cell.
In certain embodiments, the cell is a cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDH overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDHA1 overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is a cancer stem-like cell (CSC) .
In certain embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human.
In certain embodiments, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 50 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 25 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 20 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 15 mg/kg/day, from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg/day, or from about 0.1 to about 5 mg/kg/day. In one embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 100 mg/kg/day. In another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 50 mg/kg/day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 25 mg/kg/day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 20 mg/kg/day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 15 mg/kg/day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg/day. In still another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 0.1 to about 5 mg/kg/day.
In certain embodiments, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 1,000 mg per day, from about 1 to about 500 mg per day, from about 1 to about 200 mg per day, or from about 1 to about 100 mg per day. In one embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 1,000 mg per day. In another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 500 mg per day. In yet another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 200 mg per day. In still another embodiment, the effective amount of a compound provided herein is ranging from about 1 to about 100 mg per day.
Depending on the disorder, disease, or condition to be treated and the subject’s condition, a compound provided herein may be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, CIV, intracisternal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant) , inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g.,
transdermal or local) routes of administration. A compound provided herein may be formulated in suitable dosage unit with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, appropriate for each route of administration.
In one embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered orally. In another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered parenterally. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered intravenously. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered intramuscularly. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered subcutaneously. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered topically. In still another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered by topical instillation.
A compound provided herein can be delivered as a single dose, such as, e.g., a single bolus injection, or oral tablets or pills; or over time, such as, e.g., continuous infusion over time or divided bolus doses over time. A compound provided herein can be administered repetitively, if necessary, for example, until the subject experiences stable disease or regression, or until the subject experience’s disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.
A compound provided herein can be administered once daily (QD) or divided into multiple daily doses such as twice daily (BID) , and three times daily (TID) . In addition, the administration can be continuous, i.e., every day, or intermittently. The term “intermittent” or “intermittently” as used herein is intended to mean stopping and starting at either regular or irregular intervals. For example, intermittent administration of a compound provided herein is administration for one to six days per week, administration in cycles (e.g., daily administration for two to eight consecutive weeks, then a rest period with no administration for up to one week) , or administration on alternate days.
A compound provided herein can also be combined or used in combination with a therapeutic agent useful in the treatment and/or prevention of a condition, disorder, or disease provided herein.
As used herein, the term “in combination” includes the use of more than one therapy (e.g., one or more prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents) . However, the use of the term
“in combination” does not restrict the order in which therapies (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents) are administered to a subject with a condition, disorder, or disease. A first therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent such as a compound provided herein) can be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 50 minutes, 65 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 6 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 26 hours, 68 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before) , concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 50 minutes, 65 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 26 hours, 68 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) to the subject. Triple therapy is also contemplated herein.
The route of administration of a compound provided herein is independent of the route of administration of a second therapy. In one embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered orally. In another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered intravenously. In another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered topically. Thus, in accordance with these embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered orally, intravenously, or topically, and the second therapy can be administered orally, parenterally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intraarterially, transdermally, sublingually, intramuscularly, rectally, transbuccally, intranasally, liposomally, via inhalation, vaginally, intraocularly, via local delivery by catheter or stent, subcutaneously, intraadiposally, intraarticularly, intrathecally, topically, or in a slow release dosage form. In one embodiment, a compound provided herein and a second therapy are administered by the same mode of administration, topically. In another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered by one mode of administration, e.g., topically, whereas the second agent (an anticancer agent) is administered by another mode of administration, e.g., orally.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of labeling a cell with a functional group (e.g., an azido group) , comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
In another embodiment, provided herein is a method of labeling a cell surface with a functional group (e.g., an azido group) , comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (A) or (I) , or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
In certain embodiments, the functional group is a group for click chemistry.
In certain embodiments, the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase (ALDH) overexpressed cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an aldehyde dehydrogenase 1A1 (ALDHA1) overexpressed cell.
In certain embodiments, the cell is a cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDH overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is an ALDHA1 overexpressed cancerous cell. In certain embodiments, the cell is a cancer stem-like cell (CSC) .
A compound provided herein can also be provided as an article of manufacture using packaging materials well known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,525,907; 5,052,558; and 5,055,252. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment.
In certain embodiments, provided herein is a kit which, when used by a medical practitioner, can simplify the administration of an appropriate amount of a compound provided herein as an active ingredient to a subject. In certain embodiments, the kit provided herein includes a container and a dosage form of a compound provided herein.
Kits provided herein can further include devices that are used to administer the active ingredients. Examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, syringes, needle-less injectors drip bags, patches, and inhalers. The kits provided herein can also include condoms for administration of the active ingredients.
Kits provided herein can further include pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles that can be used to administer one or more active ingredients. For example, if an active ingredient is provided in a solid form that must be reconstituted for parenteral administration, the kit can comprise a sealed container of a suitable vehicle in which the active ingredient can be dissolved to form a particulate-free sterile solution that is suitable for parenteral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to: aqueous vehicles, including, but not limited to, water for injection USP, sodium chloride injection, Ringer’s injection, dextrose injection, dextrose and sodium chloride injection, and lactated Ringer’s injection; water-miscible vehicles, including, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles, including, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
The disclosure will be further understood by the following non-limiting examples.
EXAMPLES
As used herein, the symbols and conventions used in these processes, schemes and examples, regardless of whether a particular abbreviation is specifically defined, are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society, the Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, or the Journal of Biological Chemistry. Specifically, but without limitation, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification: g (grams) ; mg (milligrams) ; mL (milliliters) ; μL (microliters) ; mM (millimolar) ; μM (micromolar) ; mmol (millimoles) ; min (minute or minutes) ; h (hour or hours) ; Ac (acetyl) ; Ac2O (acetic anhydride) ; ACN (acetonitrile) ; DCM (dichloro-methane) ; DIEA (N, N-diisopropylethylamine) ; DMAP (4-dimethylaminopyridine) ; DMF (dimethylformamide) ; DMSO (dimethylsulfoxide) ; EtOAc (ethyl acetate) ; EtOH (ethanol) ; HATU (hexafluorophosphate azabenzotriazole tetramethyl uronium) ; MeOH (methanol) ; NaOMe (sodium methoxide) ; PE (petroleum ether) ; Ph (phenyl) ; TEA (triethylamine) ; TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) ; THF (tetrahydrofuran) ; TMSN3 (trimethylsilyl azide) ; HRMS (high-resolution mass spectrometry) ; MS (mass spectrometry) ; NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) ; and prep-HPLC (preparative high performance liquid chromatography) .
For all of the following examples, standard work-up and purification methods
known to those skilled in the art can be utilized. Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are expressed in ℃ (degrees Centigrade) . All reactions are conducted at room temperature unless otherwise specified. Synthetic methodologies illustrated herein are intended to exemplify the applicable chemistry through the use of specific examples and are not indicative of the scope of the disclosure.
Example 1
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azideacetamido) -6- ( (Z) -2-ethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate A1
Compound A1 was prepared as shown in Scheme 1.
Scheme 1
Preparation of 1, 3, 4, 6-tetra-O-acetyl-N-azideacetyl-D-mannosamine (Ac4ManAz) 1.2. To a solution of D-mannosamine hydrochloride 1.1 (2 g, 9.28 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at 0 ℃ was dropwise added 0.5N NaOMe in MeOH (18.6 mL, 9.28 mmol) . After the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, TEA (0.94 g, 9.28 mmol) and chloroacetic anhydride (1.90 g, 11.1 mmol, 95%) were added at 0 ℃. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight, followed by addition of H2O (3 mL) and NaN3 (2.41 g, 37.1 mmol) . After stirring overnight at 65 ℃, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, and resuspended in pyridine (15 mL) . DMAP (114 mg, 0.93 mmol) and Ac2O (7.58 g, 7 mL, 74.2 mmol) was added at 0 ℃. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then quenched with MeOH. After concentration, the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed successively with 1M HCl, brine, and aq. sat. NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, EtOAc/hexane) to afford compound 1.2 (2.6 g) as a mixture of anomers (α:β ratio: 43: 57) in 65%yield. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.64 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H) , 6.56 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H) , 6.04 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H) , 5.89 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H) , 5.34 (dd, J = 10.5, 4.5 Hz, 1H) , 5.22 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H) , 5.16 (t, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H) , 5.06 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.5 Hz, 1H) , 4.73 (ddd, J = 9.5, 3.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H) , 4.62 (ddd, J = 9.0, 4.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H) , 4.25 (dd, J = 7.5, 4.5 Hz, 1H) , 4.23 (dd, J = 7.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H) , 4.15 (dd, J = 12.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H) , 4.12-4.02 (m, 6H) , 3.82 (ddd, J = 9.5, 4.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H) , 2.18 (s, 3H) , 2.11 (s, 9H) , 2.06 (s, 6H) , 2.01 (s, 3H) , 2.00 (s, 3H) .
Preparation of 3, 4, 6-tri-O-acetyl-2-azideacetamido-2-deoxy-D-mannopyranosyl azide 1.3. To a solution of compound 1.2 (1.6 g, 3.72 mmol) in DCM (16 mL) were added TMSN3 (642 mg, 740 μL, 5.58 mmol) , SnCl4 (194 mg, 87 μL, 0.744 mmol) , and AgClO4 (154 mg, 0.744 mmol) at 0 ℃. After stirring overnight at room temperature, the reaction mixture was quenched with aq. sat. NaHCO3, filtered out through celite, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, EtOAc/hexane) to afford compound 1.3 (1.37 g) in 89%yield. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.61 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H) , 5.36 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H) , 5.24 (dd, J = 10.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H) , 5.12 (t, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H) , 4.50 (ddd, J = 9.0, 4.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H) , 4.26 (dd, J = 13.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H) , 4.17-4.16 (m, 1H) , 4.15-4.14 (m, 1H) , 4.06 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H) , 4.02 (d, J = 16.5 Hz, 1H) , 2.11 (s, 3H) , 2.05 (s, 3H) , 1.98 (s, 3H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 414.1 [M+H] +.
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6-amino-5- (2-azidoacetamido) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate 1.4. To a solution of compound 1.3 (200 mg, 0.484 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at 0 ℃ was dropwise added 1M P (CH3) 3 in THF (484 μL, 0.484 mmol) . After the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 ℃ for 30 min and at room temperature for 5 min, H2O (87 mg, 87 μL, 4.84 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature and then concentrated to afford crude compound 1.4, which was used directly in the next step without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z: 388.1 [M+H] +; 410.1 [M+Na] +.
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azidoacetamido) -6- (2-oxo-butanamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate 1.5. To a solution of 2-ketobutyric acid (247 mg, 2.42 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) were added TEA (244 mg, 337 μL, 2.42 mmol) and oxalyl chloride (246 mg, 164 μL, 1.94 mmol) at room temperature under N2. After stirring for 30 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated to afford a crude acid chloride. To a solution of compound 1.4 and pyridine (154 mg, 157 μL, 1.94 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) at 0 ℃ was added dropwise a solution of the crude acid chloride in DCM (2 mL) . After stirring overnight at the same temperature, the reaction mixture was quenched with aq. sat. NaHCO3, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, EtOAc/hexane) to afford compound 1.5 (57 mg) in 25%yield. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.61 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H) , 6.66 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H) , 5.42 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H) , 5.22-5.04 (m, 2H) , 4.69 (dd, J = 9.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H) , 4.24 (dd, J = 12.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H) , 4.17 (s, 2H) , 4.14 (s, 1H) , 3.82 (ddd, J = 9.7, 4.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H) , 2.93 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) , 2.11 (s, 3H) , 2.07 (s, 3H) , 1.99 (s, 3H) , 1.10 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 472.2 [M+H] +.
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azideacetamido) -6- ( (Z) -2-ethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate (AAMCHO) A1. To a solution of compound 1.5 (57 mg, 0.121 mmol) in THF (200 μL) was dropwise added a solution of (triphenylphosphoranylidene) acetaldehyde (147 mg, 0.484 mmol) in THF (500 μL) at 0 ℃. After stirring at 0 ℃ for 30 min and at 45 ℃ overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and resuspended in EtOH (2 mL) , followed by addition of anhydrous ZnCl2 (1312 mg, 0.968 mmol) . The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, and then filtered, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (SiO2,
EtOAc/hexane) to afford compound A1 (24 mg) as a mixture of anomers (1: 3 α: β) in 39%yield. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.70 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H) , 9.63 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H) , 7.03 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H) , 6.97 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H) , 6.94-6.80 (m, 2H) , 6.58 (dt, J = 5.9, 1.9 Hz, 2H) , 6.38 (dd, J = 15.2, 7.7 Hz, 1H) , 6.27 (dd, J = 15.2, 7.8 Hz, 1H) , 5.62-5.51 (m, 3H) , 5.30-5.10 (m, 4H) , 5.05 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 8H) , 4.93-4.77 (m, 1H) , 4.67 (s, 1H) , 4.38-4.20 (m, 3H) , 4.22-4.12 (m, 1H) , 4.06 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H) , 3.86 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 3H) , 2.58 (dd, J = 12.9, 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 2.30 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H) , 2.14 (s, 3H) , 2.13 (s, 3H) , 2.09 (s, 3H) , 2.04 (s, 3H) , 2.02 (s, 3H) , 2.00 (s, 2H) , 1.16-1.13 (m, 4H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 498.1 [M+H] +.
Example 2
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azidoacetamido) -6- ( (E) -2, 3-dimethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate A2 and N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -2-amino-4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl) -2-azidoacetamide C1
Compounds A2 and C1 were prepared as shown in Scheme 2.
Preparation of ethyl (E) -4- ( (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) oxy) -2, 3-dimethylbut-2-enoate 2.2. To a solution of ethyl 2- (diethoxyphosphoryl) propanoate 2.1 (15 g, 63 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added NaH (3.78 g, 94.5 mmol, 60%) at 0 ℃. The solution was stirred for 30 min, followed by addition of 1- ( (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) oxy) propan-2-one (11.9 g, 63 mmol) . After stirring at 0 ℃ for 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL x 3) . The combined organic layers were washed with brine (150 mL x 3) , dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filted, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, EtOAc/PE) to afford compound 2.2 (16 g) in 93%yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ4.48-4.07 (m, 4H) , 1.96-1.81 (m, 3H) , 1.81-1.75 (m, 3H) , 1.28-1.22 (m, 3H) , 0.87-0.83 (m, 9H) , 0.04-0.01 (m, 6H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 273.3 [M+H] +.
Preparation of (E) -4- ( (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) oxy) -2, 3-dimethylbut-2-enoic acid
2.3. To a solution of compound 2.2 (7 g, 25.7 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) was added NaOMe (6.9 g, 129 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at 80 ℃ for 1 h, the reaction was quenched with H2O (60 mL) . The reaction mixture was acidified to pH 6 with 1M HCl and then extracted with EtOAc (100 mL x 3) . The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL) , dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, EtOAc/PE) to afford compound 2.3 (2.8 g) in 45%yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.46 (s, 3H) , 4.23 (s, 2H) , 1.94 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 3H) , 1.83 (t, J = 4.3 Hz, 8H) , 1.80 (s, 3H) , 0.92 (s, 12H) , 0.90 (s, 9H) , 0.12-0.09 (m, 6H) , 0.07 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 8H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 243.0 [M-H] -
.
Scheme 2
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azidoacetamido) -6- ( (E) -4-( (tert-butyldimethylsilyl) oxy) -2, 3-dimethylbut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate 2.4. To a solution of compound 1.4 (1 g, 2.58 mmol) and compound 2.3 (631 mg, 2.58
mmol) in DMF (20 mL) were added HATU (981 mg, 2.58 mmol) and DIEA (667 mg, 5.16 mmol) . After stirring at room temperature for 12 h, the reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC to afford compound 2.4 (800 mg) in 50%yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.81-6.08 (m, 2H) , 5.55 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H) , 5.20-5.01 (m, 2H) , 4.75-4.57 (m, 1H) , 4.33-4.14 (m, 3H) , 4.14-4.12 (m, 2H) , 4.08-4.01 (m, 1H) , 3.88-3.73 (m, 1H) , 2.10 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H) , 2.07-2.05 (m, 3H) , 1.99 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 3H) , 1.89-1.71 (m, 6H) , 0.90 (s, 9H) , 0.07 (s, 6H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 635.8 [M+Na] +.
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azidoacetamido) -6- ( (E) -4-hydroxy-2, 3-dimethylbut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate 2.5. To a solution of compound 2.4 (800 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (1.26 g, 13 mmol) . After stirring at room temperature for 3 h, the reaction mixture was purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC to afford compound 2.5 (400 mg) in 61%yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.73-6.29 (m, 2H) , 5.57-5.35 (m, 2H) , 5.22-5.11 (m, 2H) , 4.70-4.60 (m, 1H) , 4.34-4.20 (m, 2H) , 4.19-4.13 (m, 3H) , 4.10-4.00 (m, 2H) , 2.16-2.01 (m, 12H) , 1.87 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 3H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 499.9 [M+H] +.
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azidoacetamido) -6- ( (E) -2, 3-dimethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate A2. To a solution of compound 2.5 (300 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added MnO2 (1.04 g, 12 mmol) . After stirring at room temperature for 12 h, the reaction mixture was filtered to afford compound A2 (100 mg) in 33%yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.18 (s, 1H) , 6.63 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H) , 6.50 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H) , 5.53 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H) , 5.15 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H) , 4.69 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H) , 4.31 (dd, J = 12.5, 4.4 Hz, 1H) , 4.21-4.06 (m, 3H) , 3.85 (s, 1H) , 2.33 (s, 3H) , 2.12 (s, 3H) , 2.07 (s, 3H) , 2.01 (s, 3H) , 1.80 (s, 3H) ; MS (ESI) m/z: 498.4 [M+H] +
.
Preparation of N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -2-amino-4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl) -2-azidoacetamide C1. To a solution of compound A2 (2 mg, 2.01 μmol) in acetone (0.2 mL) was added 3%potassium permanganate ammonia solution (0.3 mL) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 16 h, compound C1 was detected by MS. MS (ESI) m/z: 262.1 [M+H] +.
Example 3
Preparation of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6-amino-5- (2-azidoacetamido) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate
The compound was prepared as shown in Scheme 3.
Scheme 3
To a solution of compound A1 (2 mg, 4.02 μmol) in ACN (0.5 mL) was added Ag2O (2.8 mg, 12.1 μmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the compound was detected by MS. MS (ESI) m/z: 388.0 [M+H] +.
Example B1
ALDH Isoform Selectivity
Activation of AAMCHO A1 was assessed using 20 units of each ALDH isoform, including ALDH1A1, ALDH1A3, ALDH2, ALDH4A1, and ALDH5A1. All enzymatic reactions were performed in 50 mM triethanolamine buffer (pH 7.4) with 2.5 mM NAD+ and 5%v/v DMSO in a 1 mL quartz cuvette at room temperature. Before measurement, AAMCHO A1 (1 μM) was added to an HPLC vial. At the designated time points, an aliquot (100 μL) was taken out and quenched by MeOH (100 μL) and ACN (300 μL) . Followed by incubation with 10 mM DBCO-Cy5 (1 μL) at 37 ℃ for 1 h and detected by HPLC with a fluorescence detector (excitation: 650 nm, emission: 688 nm) . DBCO-Cy5 was obtained from Click Chemistry Tools. All scans were normalized to the signal from AAMCHO A1 in 50 mM TEA and 2.5 mM NAD+(without enzyme) . The results are shown in FIGS. 2 and 3. AAMCHO A1 was rapidly degraded by ALDH1A1. The formation of AM and 2-ethyl maleic anhydride were detected and quantified by
HPLC-UV and LC-MS, respectively. ALDH1A1 inhibitor DEAB significantly slowed down the degradation of AAMCHO A1, while incubation with other ALDH isoforms (ALDH2, ALDH1A3, ALDH4A1, and ALDH5A1) resulted in limited degradation of AAMCHO A1.
Example B2
In Vivo Cell Labeling
Mammospheres from MDA-MB-231 cells were performed as described previously. Eirew et al., Nat. Med. 2008, 14, 1384-9; Shaw et al., J. Mammary Gland Biol. Neoplasia 2012, 17, 111-7; the disclosure of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. For non-CSC cells, mammospheres were treated with 10 %FBS and full DMEM media to allow differentiation over 36 h. Before in vivo inoculation, the CSC or non-CSC single cell suspension was prepared by gently treating the mammospheres with trypsin and pipetting. An MDA-MB-231 xenograft in athymic nude mice was established via subcutaneous inoculation of CSC and non-CSC mammospheres (105 cells in 50 μL HBSS) into the left and right flanks, respectively. From Day 7 post tumor inoculation, AAMCHO A1 (60 mg/kg) , Ac4ManAz 1.2 (40 mg/kg) , or PBS was intravenously injected once daily for three days, followed by intravenously injection of DBCO-Cy5 (5 mg/kg) on Day 10 for the detection of azido-labeled cells. Ac4ManAz was used as a positive control and PBS was used as a negative control. Tumors and organs were harvested from the mice at 48 h post injection of DBCO-Cy5 and imaged ex vivo. Fluorescence intensity at selected regions of interest (ROIs) was quantified using a Bruker imaging software. The results are shown in FIG. 3. At 24 h post-injection of DBCO-Cy5, the inoculated CSCs showed much higher Cy5 fluorescence signal than non-CSCs. Ex vivo fluorescence imaging of CSC tumors showed a 2.5-fold increase in Cy5 fluorescence intensity compared to non-CSC tumors.
At 24 h post the last injection of AAMCHO A1, Ac4ManAz 1.2, or PBS, the tissue-bounded azido sialic acids were extracted and quantified by HPLC after derivation via a Cu (I) catalyzed click reaction with a coumarin-alkyne. Briefly, the tissues were homogenized with a mechanical disruptor and then disrupted by a ultrasonicator with a lysis buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, 1%SDS, pH 7.4) . The protein concentration of each sample was quantified with the standard BCA protocol. A lysate (90 μL) was mixed with acetic acid (10 μL) and then heated at 80 ℃ for 3 h. The mixture was centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 5 min. The supernatant was mixed with a newly prepared reaction kit containing 7-ethynylcoumarin, tris-hydroxypropyltriazolylmethylamine, CuSO4, and
ascorbic acid. The reaction mixture was shaken at 37 ℃ overnight and analyzed by HPLC equipped with a fluorescence detector (excitation: 328 nm, emission: 415 nm) . The results are shown in FIG. 4. AAMCHO A1 preferentially labelled CSC tumors compared to non-CSC tumors and other tissues. In contrast, non-selective Ac4ManAz 1.2 labeled CSC and non-CSC tumors with azido groups similarly along with evident off-target labeling to other tissues.
*****
The examples set forth above are provided to give those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the claimed embodiments and are not intended to limit the scope of what is disclosed herein. Modifications that are obvious to persons of skill in the art are intended to be within the scope of the following claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited in this specification are incorporated herein by reference as if each such publication, patent or patent application were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated herein by reference.
Claims (60)
- A compound of Formula (A) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:R1 is hydrogen or deuterium;R2 and R3 are each independently (i) hydrogen, deuterium, cyano, halo, or nitro; (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, –OC (O) NR1bR1c, –OC (O) SR1a, –OC (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –OC (S) R1a, –OC (S) OR1a, –OC (S) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) R1a, –OS (O) 2R1a, –OS (O) NR1bR1c, –OS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) R1d, –NR1aC (O) OR1d, –NR1aC (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (O) SR1d, –NR1aC (NR1d) NR1bR1c, –NR1aC (S) R1d, –NR1aC (S) OR1d, –NR1aC (S) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) R1d, –NR1aS (O) 2R1d, –NR1aS (O) NR1bR1c, –NR1aS (O) 2NR1bR1c, –SR1a, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;R4 and R5 are each independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2- 6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, –C (O) NR1bR1c, –C (O) SR1a, –C (NR1a) NR1bR1c, –C (S) R1a, –C (S) OR1a, –C (S) NR1bR1c, –S (O) R1a, –S (O) 2R1a, –S (O) NR1bR1c, or –S (O) 2NR1bR1c;R6 and R7 are each independently (i) halo; or (ii) –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, or –OC (O) NR1bR1c; and R8 is (i) hydrogen; or (ii) –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, or –C (O) NR1bR1c; or R6 and R7 or R7 and R8 are linked together to form a lactone ring;A is a bond, O, or N (R1b) ;E is hydrogen, azido, halo, isocyano, –C=C (R1a) R1a, –C≡CR1a, –C (O) R1a, or –SH;L is C1-6 alkylene, C1-6 heteroalkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, C3-10 cycloalkylene, C6-14 arylene, C7-15 aralkylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene; andeach R1a, R1b, R1c, and R1d is independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-30 alkyl, C1-30 heteroalkyl, C2-30 alkenyl, C2-30 alkynyl, C3-30 cycloalkyl, C6-30 aryl, C7-30 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;wherein each alkyl, alkylene, heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, alkynylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylene, aryl, arylene, aralkyl, aralkylene, heteroaryl, heteroarylene, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylene is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q, wherein each Q is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa; and (c) –C (O) Ra, –C (O) ORa, –C (O) NRbRc, –C (O) SRa, –C (NRa) NRbRc, –C (S) Ra, –C (S) ORa, –C (S) NRbRc, –ORa, –OC (O) Ra, –OC (O) ORa, –OC (O) NRbRc, –OC (O) SRa, –OC (NRa) NRbRc, –OC (S) Ra, –OC (S) ORa, –OC (S) NRbRc, –OP (O) (ORb) ORc, –OS (O) Ra, –OS (O) 2Ra, –OS (O) NRbRc, –OS (O) 2NRbRc, –NRbRc, –NRaC (O) Rd, –NRaC (O) ORd, –NRaC (O) NRbRc, –NRaC (O) SRd, –NRaC (NRd) NRbRc, –NRaC (S) Rd, –NRaC (S) ORd, –NRaC (S) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) Rd, –NRaS (O) 2Rd, –NRaS (O) NRbRc, –NRaS (O) 2NRbRc, –SRa, –S (O) Ra, –S (O) 2Ra, –S (O) NRbRc, and –S (O) 2NRbRc, wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa;or (iii) Rb and Rc together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Qa;wherein each Qa is independently selected from: (a) deuterium, cyano, halo, nitro, and oxo; (b) C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 heteroalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; and (c) –C (O) Re, –C (O) ORe, –C (O) NRfRg, –C (O) SRe, –C (NRe) NRfRg, –C (S) Re, –C (S) ORe, –C (S) NRfRg, –ORe, –OC (O) Re, –OC (O) ORe, –OC (O) NRfRg, –OC (O) SRe, –OC (NRe) NRfRg, –OC (S) Re, –OC (S) ORe, –OC (S) NRfRg, –OP (O) (ORf) ORg, –OS (O) Re, –OS (O) 2Re, –OS (O) NRfRg, –OS (O) 2NRfRg, –NRfRg, –NReC (O) Rh, –NReC (O) ORf, –NReC (O) NRfRg, –NReC (O) SRf, –NReC (NRh) NRfRg, –NReC (S) Rh, –NReC (S) ORf, –NReC (S) NRfRg, –NReS (O) Rh, –N=S (O) ReRh, –NReS (O) 2Rh, –NReS (O) NRfRg, –NReS (O) 2NRfRg, –SRe, –S (O) Re, –S (O) 2Re, –S (O) NRfRg, and –S (O) 2NRfRg; wherein each Re, Rf, Rg, and Rh is independently (i) hydrogen or deuterium; (ii) C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-14 aryl, C7-15 aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or (iii) Rf and Rg together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl. - The compound of claim 1, wherein R6 is (i) halo; or (ii) –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, or –OC (O) NR1bR1c.
- The compound of claim 1 or 2, wherein R6 is halo.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R6 is fluoro.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R7 is (i) halo; or (ii) –OR1a, –OC (O) R1a, –OC (O) OR1a, or –OC (O) NR1bR1c.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R7 is halo.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R7 is fluoro.
- The compound of any one of claims 1, 2, and 5, having the structure of Formula (II) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R6a and R7a are each independently hydrogen, –C (O) R1a, –C (O) OR1a, or –C (O) NR1bR1c. - The compound of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein E is hydrogen, azido, fluoro, iodo, isocyano, –C=CH2, –C≡CH, –C (O) CCH3, or –SH.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein E is azido.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 10, having the structure of Formula (III) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. - The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein A is a bond or O.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein A is a bond.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 13, having the structure of Formula (VI) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. - The compound of any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein L is C1-6 alkylene, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein L is methanediyl, ethanediyl, propanediyl, or butanediyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein L is methanediyl, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1, 2-diyl, or butane-1, 4-diyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein L is methanediyl.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 18, having the structure of Formula (V) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. - The compound of any one of claims 8 to 19, having the structure of Formula (VI) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. - The compound of any one of claims 8 to 19, having the structure of Formula (VII) :
or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. - The compound of any one of claims 8 to 21, wherein R6a is hydrogen or–C (O) R1a.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 22, wherein R6a is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 23, wherein R6a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 24, wherein R6a is acetyl.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 25, wherein R7a is hydrogen or–C (O) R1a.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 26, wherein R7a is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 27, wherein R7a is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 28, wherein R7a is acetyl.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein R1 is hydrogen.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein R2 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, or C1-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 31, wherein R2 is hydrogen.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein R3 is (i) hydrogen or deuterium; or (ii) C1-10 alkyl, C1-10 heteroalkyl, or C1-10 alkenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein R3 is hydrogen.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein R3 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 33 and 35, wherein R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 33, 35, and 36, wherein R3 is ethyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein, R3 is C1-10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein, R3 is C2-10 alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 39, wherein R4 is hydrogen.
- The compound of any one of claims 1 to 40, wherein R5 is hydrogen.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 41, wherein R8 is hydrogen or–C (O) R1a.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 42, wherein R8 is –C (O) –C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 43, wherein R8 is acetyl, propoyl, or butoyl.
- The compound of any one of claims 8 to 44, wherein R8 is acetyl.
- The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxy-methyl) -5- (2-azideacetamido) -6- ( (Z) -2-ethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate A1 or (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -5- (2-azidoacetamido) -6- ( (E) -2, 3-dimethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3, 4-diyl diacetate A2; or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
- A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 46, or an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a diastereomer, a mixture of two or more diastereomers, a tautomer, a mixture of two or more tautomers, or an isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- The pharmaceutical composition of claim 47, wherein the composition is in single dosage form.
- The pharmaceutical composition of claim 47 or 48, wherein the composition is in an oral, parenteral, or intravenous dosage form.
- The pharmaceutical composition of claim 49, wherein the composition is formulated in an oral dosage form.
- The pharmaceutical composition of claim 50, wherein the oral dosage form is a tablet or capsule.
- A method of labeling a cell in a subject with a functional group, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 46 or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 47 to 51.
- The method of claim 52, wherein the subject is a human.
- A method of labeling a cell with a functional group, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 46 or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 47 to 51.
- The method of any one of claims 52 to 54, wherein the cell is an ALDH1A1 overexpressed cell.
- The method of any one of claims 52 to 55, wherein the cell is a cancerous cell.
- The method of any one of claims 52 to 55, wherein the cell is a cancer-stem-like cell.
- The method of any one of claims 52 to 57, wherein the functional group is an azido group.
- A compound of N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -2-amino-4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3-yl) -2-azidoacetamide C1; (Z) -N- ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -3- (2-azidoacetamido) -4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -2-ethyl-4-oxobut-2-enamide C2; or (Z) -3- ( ( (3S, 4R, 5S, 6R) -3- (2-azidoacetamido) -4, 5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) carbamoyl) pent-2-enoic acid C3.
- A compound of (2R, 3S, 4R, 5S) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6-amino-5- (2-azidoacetamido) -tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4-diyl diacetate.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202480053742.2A CN121889407A (en) | 2023-08-15 | 2024-08-14 | Functional monosaccharides activatable by ALDH, pharmaceutical compositions and diagnostic and therapeutic uses |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202363519834P | 2023-08-15 | 2023-08-15 | |
| US63/519,834 | 2023-08-15 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025036407A1 true WO2025036407A1 (en) | 2025-02-20 |
Family
ID=94632205
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/112073 Pending WO2025036407A1 (en) | 2023-08-15 | 2024-08-14 | Aldh-activable funtionalized monosaccarides, pharmaceutical compositions, and diagnostic and therapeutic applications |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN121889407A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025036407A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2017062800A1 (en) * | 2015-10-07 | 2017-04-13 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Trigger-activatable metabolic sugar precursors for cancer-selective labeling and targeting |
| WO2018148650A1 (en) * | 2017-02-10 | 2018-08-16 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Trigger-activatable sugar conjugates for cancer-selective labeling and targeting |
| WO2019118486A1 (en) * | 2017-12-11 | 2019-06-20 | Cerecor Inc. | Monosaccharide phosphoramidate prodrugs |
| CN111208284A (en) * | 2018-11-22 | 2020-05-29 | 北京大学 | Glycometabolism labeling probe, kit containing same and application thereof |
| WO2021155297A1 (en) * | 2020-01-29 | 2021-08-05 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods for labeling and targeting cells |
-
2024
- 2024-08-14 CN CN202480053742.2A patent/CN121889407A/en active Pending
- 2024-08-14 WO PCT/CN2024/112073 patent/WO2025036407A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2017062800A1 (en) * | 2015-10-07 | 2017-04-13 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Trigger-activatable metabolic sugar precursors for cancer-selective labeling and targeting |
| WO2018148650A1 (en) * | 2017-02-10 | 2018-08-16 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Trigger-activatable sugar conjugates for cancer-selective labeling and targeting |
| WO2019118486A1 (en) * | 2017-12-11 | 2019-06-20 | Cerecor Inc. | Monosaccharide phosphoramidate prodrugs |
| CN111208284A (en) * | 2018-11-22 | 2020-05-29 | 北京大学 | Glycometabolism labeling probe, kit containing same and application thereof |
| WO2021155297A1 (en) * | 2020-01-29 | 2021-08-05 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods for labeling and targeting cells |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| WANG, HUA ET AL.: "Selective in vivo metabolic cell-labeling-mediated cancer targeting", NATURE CHEMICAL BIOLOGY, vol. 13, 13 February 2017 (2017-02-13), pages 415 - 424, XP055609538, DOI: 10.1038/nchembio.2297 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN121889407A (en) | 2026-04-17 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP4355741B1 (en) | Sos1 protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications | |
| WO2022087335A1 (en) | Kras protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications | |
| WO2023023531A1 (en) | Estrogen receptor degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| US20240190883A1 (en) | Kras protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications | |
| WO2022212611A1 (en) | Kras protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications | |
| WO2024012557A1 (en) | Anti-apoptotic bcl-2 family protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| US20240116845A1 (en) | Indene compounds, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications | |
| WO2024017178A1 (en) | Substituted hydantoin compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| AU2023381655A1 (en) | Indene compounds, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications | |
| WO2023185920A1 (en) | Fak degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2022228578A1 (en) | Pyrimidinylaminobenzenes for lung cancer treatment | |
| US20240197888A1 (en) | Sos1 protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic applications | |
| WO2025036407A1 (en) | Aldh-activable funtionalized monosaccarides, pharmaceutical compositions, and diagnostic and therapeutic applications | |
| US12419962B2 (en) | Quinazolines, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2024156288A1 (en) | Dnmt1 inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2024120442A1 (en) | Pak4 protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| US12570687B2 (en) | Triterpenoid compounds, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating a nuclear receptor subfamily 4 group a member 1-mediated disease | |
| WO2025038987A2 (en) | Pde4 protein degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2025011557A1 (en) | Functionalized auristatins, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2024120466A1 (en) | Monosaccarides, pharmaceutical compositions, and diagnostic and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2024104422A1 (en) | Phosphorus-containing compounds for treating inflammatory bowel diesease | |
| EP4630434A1 (en) | Phosphoramidate monosaccharides, pharmaceutical compositions, and diagnostic and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2025252084A1 (en) | Pak4 bifunctional degraders, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2023143476A1 (en) | Deuterated rock inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications | |
| WO2023023474A1 (en) | Tr-beta modulators, pharmaceutical compositions, and therapeutic applications |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24853814 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |